Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Entertainment / LiveXLive Media, Inc.

LiveXLive Media, Inc.

livx · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker livx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Entertainment
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · LiveXLive Media, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission File No. 333-167219

LOTON, CORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Nevada
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

269 South Beverly Drive, Suite #1450
Beverly Hills, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

98-0657263
( I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

90212
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (310) 601-2500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐     No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☒     No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒     No ☐

Indicate by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§223.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒     No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or
any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See

the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☐
☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  Accelerated filer
  Smaller reporting company

☐
☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐     No ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business
day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2016, was approximately $93,544,000. For the sole purpose of making
this calculation, (i) the term “non-affiliate” has been interpreted to exclude directors, executive officers and holders of 10% or more of the registrant’s common
stock, and (ii) in light of the very limited trading of the registrant’s common stock, such aggregate market value was determined based on the then most recent
price per share at which the registrant last sold its common stock in a private placement during the six months ended September 30, 2016.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of June 9, 2017, the registrant had outstanding 108,082,599 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value.

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART III

PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.

1
20
39
39
39
39

40
42
42
47
48
49
49
51

52
56
61
64
68

69
71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws,
which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performances  or  achievements
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the section captioned
“Risk Factors.”

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,”
“plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include,
but are not limited to, statements regarding:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

our ability to identify, acquire,  secure and develop live music and music-related  video content from Content Providers (as defined below) and to
distribute or otherwise exploit such content on our platform;

our ability to attract and retain users through our content and platform engagement strategies and ultimately establish a subscription-based revenue
stream;

our ability to continue to expand and develop our content and platform, including through future acquisitions of businesses or assets;

our ability to utilize our technology and the LXL App to stream our content and leverage other aspects of our operations;

our ability to integrate certain operating assets of Wantickets (as defined below) and other companies we may acquire in the future;

our belief that our management team’s relationships with Content Providers and Industry Stakeholders (as defined below) provide us a competitive
advantage;

our belief that the costs of acquiring our content will be at substantially lower, cost-effective price points relative to other content;

our belief that the demand for live music and music-related video content and the global music community will grow substantially and quickly;

our ability to produce original programming in-house through LXL Studios and future acquisitions; and

our ability to execute our monetization strategies, including subscriptions, advertising, sponsorships and e-commerce.

Forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties.

Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

Also, forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report. You should read this Annual Report
and the documents that we filed as exhibits to this Annual Report, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different
from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ

materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

Use of Market and Industry Data

This Annual Report includes market and industry data that we have obtained from third-party sources, including industry publications, as well as industry
data prepared by our management on the basis of its knowledge of and experience in the industries in which we operate (including our management’s estimates and
assumptions  relating  to  such  industries  based  on  that  knowledge).  Management  has  developed  its  knowledge  of  such  industries  through  its  experience  and
participation  in  these  industries.  While  our  management  believes  the  third-party  sources  referred  to  in  this  Annual  Report  are  reliable,  neither  we  nor  our
management have independently verified any of the data from such sources referred to in this Annual Report or ascertained the underlying economic assumptions
relied upon by such sources. Furthermore, references in this Annual Report to any publications, reports, surveys or articles prepared by third parties should not be
construed as depicting the complete findings of the entire publication, report, survey or article. The information in any such publication, report, survey or article is
not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various
factors,  including  those  discussed  under  “Risk  Factors,”  “Cautionary  Statement  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements,”  and  “Management’s  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report.

This Annual Report contains references to our trademarks, service marks and trade names and to trademarks, service marks and trade names belonging to
other  entities.  Solely  for  convenience,  trademarks,  service  marks  and  trade  names  referred  to  in  this  Annual  Report,  including  logos,  artwork  and  other  visual
displays, may appear without the  ®  or  TM  symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that their respective owners will not assert, to

Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade Names

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, service marks or trademarks or
any artists’ or other individuals’ names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies or persons.

 
 
Item 1.

Business

PART I

Unless
the
context
requires
otherwise
or
unless
otherwise
stated,
references
to
“our
Company,”
“Loton,”
“LXL,”
“LiveXLive,”
“we,”
“us,”
“our”
and
similar 
references
 refer 
to 
Loton, 
Corp 
and 
its 
consolidated 
subsidiaries, 
including 
LiveXLive, 
Corp., 
our 
wholly-owned 
subsidiary
 (“LXL”), 
and 
LiveXLive
Tickets, 
Inc., 
our 
wholly-owned 
subsidiary 
(“LXL 
Tickets”), 
in 
each 
case
 giving 
effect 
to 
our 
recently 
completed 
acquisition 
(the 
“Wantickets 
Acquisition”) 
of
certain
operating
assets
of
Wantickets
RDM,
LLC
(“Wantickets”),
which
occurred
on
May
5,
2017.

Our Company Overview

We are one of the world’s only premium internet networks devoted to live music and music-related  video content. We intend to fill a market void by
becoming a central content, information and transaction hub for music consumers and industry stakeholders, including agents, managers, distributors, producers,
labels, publishers, advertisers, and social influencers (collectively, “Industry Stakeholders”), around the world. We are geared for the digital generation, and our
mission  is to bring  the experience  of  live  music  and  entertainment  to  internet  users  by  delivering  live  streamed  and  on  demand  content  to  nearly  any  internet-
connected screen. Our goal is to become a leading destination for premium music video content on the internet by continuing to aggregate and create our content,
including through strategic acquisitions. We are also building a proprietary engagement platform that we believe will attract and retain users, which we believe will
allow us to collect valuable user data and monetize our growing content library through subscriptions, advertising, sponsorships and e-commerce.

Since our  launch  in  2015,  we  have  sought  to  become  the  singular  online  destination  for  music  fans  to  enjoy  premium  live  performances  from  music
venues and leading music festivals around the world as well as premium original content, artist exclusives and industry interviews. We have live streamed music
festivals such as Rock in Rio, Outside Lands Music and Arts Festival (“Outside Lands”) and Hangout Music Festival, and our platform has featured performances
and content from over 170 of the most popular artists in various music genres, including Rihanna, Katy Perry, Metallica, Duran Duran, Radiohead, Chance The
Rapper,  Bruce  Springsteen,  Major  Lazer  and  Maroon  5.  We  have  successfully  distributed  such  content  through  our  online  platform  and  major  third-party
distributors such as MTV International, AOL and Complex Media.

Our content strategy includes continuing to aggregate live and on demand performance (e.g., on stage sets) and non-performance (e.g., behind the scenes,
interviews)  music-related  video  content  from  festivals,  clubs,  events,  concerts,  artists,  promoters,  venues,  music  labels  and  publishers  (“Content  Providers”);
acquiring and producing original music-related video content; and curating existing online premium content. In addition to acquiring and/or partnering with third-
party Content Providers, our digital studio,  LXL Studios, will  develop  and produce  original  music-related  video content,  including  digital  magazine-style  news
programming and original-concept digital pilots and documentaries.

Our  platform  engagement  strategy  is  to  build  a  compelling  online  experience  for  our  users,  anchored  by  a  pioneering  website  and  our  custom  mobile
application, the “LXL App”. Our platform engagement strategy is to build a compelling online experience for our users, anchored by a pioneering website and our
custom LXL App. The LiveXLive platform will offer access to some of the world’s leading music festivals and events with multi-day and simultaneous multi-stage
coverage, unique concerts, intimate performances and premium programming. It will be fueled by our custom LXL App, which we believe will drive 24/7/365 user
engagement and data that we will be able to convert to earnings and cash flow through multiple potential revenue streams. We intend to initially release the first
version of the LXL App during summer 2017 on the iOS operating system in anticipation of Rock in Rio 2017. We plan to release the Android version of the LXL
App and Apple TV, Roku and Amazon Fire TV LiveXLive applications later in 2017.

By executing the above strategies, we are creating a platform that is dedicated to live music and has the breadth and depth of content to reach and be

relevant to a global audience of all ages.

1

 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Opportunity

We  believe  there  is  significant  unmet  demand  for  experiencing  live  music,  musical  performance  video  on  demand  and  related  content  online.  For
example, there is a large market for live music events worldwide with an estimated $19.6 billion in live music industry revenue in 2016 (IBISWorld), with more
than  2,000  music  festivals  worldwide,  and  over  10  million  people  attending  ten  of  the  top  festivals  in  2016  alone.  In  2015  and  2016,  on  average  almost
80,000  people  attended  each  day  of  the  Rock  in  Rio  music  festivals  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  and  Lisbon.  In  addition  to  festivals,  there  are  thousands  of  live  music
performances that occur nightly in large and small venues such as arenas, theatres, clubs, bars and lounges. Due in part to a combination of costs, logistics, event
capacity and  publicity,  the  attendance  at  any  one  festival  or  live  event  is  a  fraction  of  the  total  potential  audience  for  that  content.  For  example,  while  almost
100,000 people attended Coachella in 2016, the live stream garnered over 9 million views. This demonstrates the potential demand for online viewership of live
music events. We believe there is currently no centralized platform dedicated to online streaming of live music and music-related video content. We intend to fill
this market void by executing each component of our business approach.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to pursue the following core growth strategies:

● Grow
Our
Live
and
On
Demand
Content
Library. 
In order to continue to grow our content base, we will strategically acquire the digital rights to
live music events, concerts, and festivals, acquire existing content, partner with Content Providers and create custom premium content. Most recently
in March 2017, we entered  in to a content  license  agreement  to broadcast  and distribute  JBTV’s extensive  content library,  and in April 2017, we
acquired the exclusive broadcast and distribution rights to Hangout Music Festival’s live broadcast. JBTV is a leading source of music programming
for the past 30 years, which includes over 2,500 hours of Emmy and Billboard award winning music and media content. Hangout Music Festival is an
annual three-day music festival in Gulf Shores, Alabama, which was held in May of this year and had approximately 45,000 people in attendance per
day. We will seek to acquire and/or license existing libraries of live content in order to capitalize on underutilized existing live content assets. We
intend  to  collaborate  with  Content  Providers  to  provide  our  users  with  access  to  ever-growing  new  and  relevant  premium  content.  Our  recently
launched  LXL  Studios  will  also  create  synergistic,  complementary,  short-form  original  content  that  will  further  enhance  our  user  experience  and
deepen our relationship with our users and Content Providers.

●

●

●

Pursue
 Strategic 
Acquisitions
 . We  intend  to  continue  expanding  our  business  in  part  through  strategic  acquisitions  in  markets  where  we  see
opportunities to grow our brand and revenues, which will ultimately expand the reach of our network. We have an active program for identifying and
pursuing  potential  acquisitions  of  companies  and  content.  We  will  continue  to  utilize  a  “buy  and  build”  strategy  and  to  use  the  operations  of
LiveXLive and our talented management team as the overall infrastructure to which we will add more companies and assets. For example, in May
2017, we acquired certain operating assets of Wantickets, a branded leading online nightlife, electronic dance music and event ticketing company in
North America that is designed to promote ticket sales for live events. This acquisition will allow us to expand the reach of our content and build our
subscription model by utilizing Wantickets’ large database of ticket buyers to live music events. Similar to our acquisition of Wantickets, we will
continue to identify businesses and assets that we believe will accelerate the growth of our vertical markets through strategic acquisitions.

Expand
our
Reach
. We will continue to identify distribution partners in territories across the world that will benefit from sharing our programming
on mutually beneficial terms. We will also seek to exploit the potential of previously under-monetized live music content and underexposed genres of
music beyond the most popular through online distribution. We will also continue to expand our global footprint through partnerships and organic
growth in markets where we see opportunities to grow revenues and expand the reach of our network.

Programming
Premium
Content
. We believe users value personalized offerings of both premium existing and new content. We believe that the
following three components will drive our programming success: (1) investment in original content and gaining a stronger foothold in production; (2)
building  scale  and  aggregating  content  to  maintain  a  differentiated  way  for  our  users  to  access  live  music;  and  (3)  utilizing  data  analytics  to
complement editorial approaches. We will utilize programming and curation as a driver for our platform as great programming is valuable to both our
users and our financial performance.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

Expand
Our
Monetization
Opportunities
. The growth of digital formats and the expansion of our user base will continue to produce new means for
the  monetization  of  our  increasing  premium  and  unique  content.  We  believe  that  our  network  will  deliver  large-scale  audiences  and engagement,
while concurrently providing a monetization model that is commercially viable and scalable. We anticipate being capable of increasingly realizing
the  value  of  our  various  revenue  streams  across  our  distribution,  partnerships,  advertising,  sponsorship,  e-commerce  merchandising  and  ticketing
opportunities. Potential revenue streams include but are not limited to the following:

●

●

●

Subscription,
SVoD
and
PPV
: Various types of premium content will lend themselves to different monetization opportunities. We plan to take
advantage of our growing premium content by offering different methods of user access, such as subscription-only content, subscription video
on demand (“SVoD”) across our entire platform, pay-per-view (“PPV”) for special events or groups with strong fan bases and virtual reality for
certain premium content. We also plan to launch a number of LiveXLive proprietary concepts such as digital festivals and digital residencies.
See  below  under  “Business  —  Our  Approach  and  Business  —  Content  Aggregation  —  LXL  Studios  and  Original  Content  —  LiveXLive
Original Live Events.”

Advertising
and
Sponsorship:
 We believe that the ability to monetize our growing content library will improve over time as we drive users and
engagement  across  current  and  emerging  distribution  channels.  We  will  also  continue  to  drive  growth  in  our  sponsorship  and  advertisings
relationships,  together  with  our  focus  on  expanding  existing  partnerships,  to  provide  them  with  targeted  strategic  programs,  leveraging  our
increasing user base.

E-Commerce
: Through our  LiveXLive  ecosystem,  we  plan  to  sell  artist  merchandise,  tickets  to  upcoming  shows,  VIP  packages,  fan  club
access and more, all of which will be focused on a global captive audience of music fans on our platform.

● Data
: We expect  to  capitalize  on  an  expansive  user  database  we  will  build  as  our  content  offerings  and  user  base  grow.  For example,  our
recent  acquisition  of  Wantickets  provides  the  opportunity  to  expand  the  reach  of  our  content  and  build  our  subscription  model  by  utilizing
Wantickets’ large database of ticket buyers who consume live music events.

Through the combination of these monetization strategies and acquisitions, we hope to create a music network with the breadth and depth of content to
have global relevance, fueled by our LXL App, to drive user engagement and data that we can convert to earnings  and cash flow through the multiple revenue
opportunities.

Our Approach and Business

We are a global media company focused on producing and distributing live music and music-related  video content around the world. Our approach is
rooted  in  satisfying  what  we  believe  is  a  growing  worldwide  appetite  for  a  centralized  portal  for  such  content.  Live  music  and  music-related  video  content  is
offered  through  myriad  platforms,  brands  and  forms.  As  a  significant  portion  of  consumers  increasingly  move  from  traditional  platforms  to  digital  and  online
platforms for consumption of pre-recorded music, sports and film and television, we believe the same shift will occur with respect to live music and music-related
video content. Industry Stakeholders are continuously seeking avenues to expand their audience and generate additional revenue. We believe we are at the nascent
stage  of  a  revolution  in  live  music  content  consumption  that  will  mirror  the  growth  of  live  sports  consumption,  and  we  aim  to  be  at  the  very  center  of  that
revolution  by  offering  a  centralized  hub  of  live  music  and  music-related  video  content,  available  on  nearly  any  internet-connected  device,  with  subscription,
advertising, sponsorship and e-commerce opportunities.

We  have  focused  on  the  most  well-known,  premium  live  music  events  around  the  world.  Our  online  platform  offers  access  on  nearly  any  internet-
connected  screens  to  some  of  the  world’s  leading  music  festivals  and  live  music  events,  with  multi-day,  multi-stage  coverage,  unique  concerts,  intimate
performances and cutting-edge programming. We feature all popular genres of music, including rock, pop, indie, alternative, hip-hop, R&B, electronic dance music
and  country,  as  well  as  less  popular  genres,  and performances  from  both headliners  and  emerging  artists  from  around the world. We  deliver  content  through a
strategic  relationship  with Verizon Digital  Media  Services  (“VDMS”)  and  have  contracted  with  major  distributors  to  help  build  the  LiveXLive  brand  and  user
audience.  We  believe  the  power  of  music  touches  nearly  every  person  on  the  planet;  we  have  successfully  streamed  high  definition  quality  live  feeds  of
performances from over 170 of the biggest artists in the world to fans in more than 100 countries. As of March 1, 2017, views of LiveXLive content were in the
tens of millions.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As we establish the key components of our premium live music and music-related video network, we plan to execute all stages of a full network life-
cycle, including aggregating, producing, directing, promoting, curating and distributing music and music-related video and live music “lifestyle” content that we
will distribute on our online platform. We also intend to acquire and/or produce, along with our Content Providers, curated original programming and original-
concept  pilots  for  music-related  content.  We  believe  this  will  further  engage  our  user  base  and  allow  us  to  collect  and  analyze  data  instrumental  to  further
monetization and generation of additional revenue streams.

To become a centralized hub for live music and music-related video content, we plan to execute the following interconnected components of our business

as shown below: Content Aggregation; Technology Development; Marketing and Distribution; Platform Engagement; and Data Collection.

Content Aggregation

We operate  on  the  basis  that  “Content  Is  King”  and  seek  to  aggregate  thousands  of  hours  of  premium,  professionally  produced,  curated, innovative,
immersive  and  experiential  music-related  video  content  that  can  be  enjoyed  live  and  on  demand  around  the  world.  Some  of  our  most  compelling  content  is
performance  content  captured  at  the  world’s  leading  music  festivals,  clubs,  events,  concerts  and  venues.  Furthermore,  each  of  these  music  events  presents
opportunities  to  capture  unique  non-performance  content  that  showcases  the  culture  surrounding  live  music  events,  including  fashion,  food,  and  lifestyle  from
local, national and/or international vantage points such as on the red carpet, in dressing rooms or from other places customarily off-limits to anyone but VIPs are
artists. We will feature  performance  and non-performance  content side-by-side with original content produced by LXL Studios, which programming will cover
news, comedy, reality, drama and more.

Live music and music-related video content can be acquired and/or produced at costs lower than that required for comparable exclusive premium video
content in other genres. For example, during one day of a music festival, participating artists perform at a single venue, allowing us to produce the live performance
content at marginal costs; a single day should provide over eight hours of live performance music content per stage. When artists are not performing during the
music  festival,  we  intend  to  capture  artist  interviews  and  other  premium  non-performance  content  in  a  cost-efficient  manner.  Furthermore,  at  music  clubs  and
indoor venues, we will be able to deliver additional performance and non-performance content at a low cost on a daily basis using the Venue Production Studio
System. In addition, we will have the capability to curate free content provided by third-party sources such as talk shows and artists and host such content on our
platform. When our performance content, non-performance content and original programming are combined, we believe our content costs will be at a substantially
lower, cost-effective price point to provide a competitive advantage versus other providers of premium content.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have devised a content aggregation and development strategy focused on the following types and sources of content: Live Events (e.g., performance

and non-performance), Catalog, LXL Studios (original), Co-branded/Partner Channel programming, and Curated.

Live
Events

●

Festivals . We  aim  to  partner  with  leading  music  festival  brands  in  the  live  music  industry  and  have  partnered  with  several  of  the  leading  music
festival brands, including Rock in Rio, Outside Lands and Hangout Music Festival. Thousands of music festivals and live music events are held each
year.  We  will  continue  to  actively  identify  and  partner  with  a  diverse  group  of  festival  Content  Providers  to  maintain  consistent  levels  of  both
performance and non-performance content throughout the year. Generally, we aim to enter into long-term agreements with the festival organizers,
ranging anywhere between one to five years, depending on popularity, fan appeal and other factors.

A sample of our most popular festivals include:

● Rock in Rio (Rio de Janeiro, Lisbon, Las Vegas) — We entered into a distribution agreement in 2015 with Rock in Rio, one of the largest, most
prominent music festivals in the world having been in existence for over 30 years. For 2017 and 2018, we possess the exclusive digital distribution
rights, including live streaming and VoD, throughout the world, excluding China, Brazil and the host country of that particular iteration of Rock in
Rio.  We  will  also  serve  as  Rock  in  Rio’s  media  partner  for  all  third-party  requests  for  cable,  television  broadcast,  digital,  satellite,  radio,  virtual
reality, VoD and live streaming requests. A sample of artists that we have streamed from Rock in Rio events include: Katy Perry, Rihanna, Metallica,
Bruce Springsteen, Maroon 5, Elton John, Rod Stewart, Avicii, One Republic and John Legend. In partnership with Rock in Rio, we also broadcasted
the Amazonia Live concert from the Amazon Rainforest’s Rio Negro on August 27, 2016. As part of the viewing experience, we directed viewers to
donate funds to the reforestation effort to aid Rock in Rio in their successful goal of planting one million new trees in the rainforest.

● Outside Lands  Music  and  Arts  Festival  (San  Francisco)  —  We  entered  into  an  agreement  with  OSL  Partnerships,  LLC  (“OSL”)  granting  us  the
exclusive right to broadcast, distribute and promote Outside Lands via live stream, as well as broadcast video on demand and television broadcast
rights,  which  OSL  may  sell  if  they  procure  a  deal  prior  to  us  broadcasting  on  television.  We  have  the  right  to  distribute  created  content  on  our
network, as well as the right to sub-license to third-party sites. Outside Lands is a music festival located in Golden Gate Park in San Francisco, CA,
which will take place in August 2017. The festival features all genres of music with the 2017 lineup to be headlined by The Who, Metallica, Gorillaz,
Lorde and A Tribe Called Quest, among others. LiveXLive has streamed from Outside Lands include performances from Radiohead, Duran Duran,
Chance the Rapper, Third Eye Blind, Lionel Richie, LCD Soundsystem, Major Lazer and Mike Snow among many others.

● Hangout Music Festival (Gulf Shores, Alabama) — In April 2017, we entered into an agreement for the exclusive broadcast and distribution rights
across virtually all platforms to one of the summer’s major music festivals. Founded in 2009, the Hangout Music Festival (commonly referred to as
Hangout Fest or Hangout) is an annual three-day music festival held at the public beaches of Gulf Shores, Alabama. Previous headliners included
Foo Fighters, Zac Brown Band, Beck, The Black Keys, The Killers, OutKast, Kings of Leon, Tom Petty & The Heartbreakers, Stevie Wonder, Jack
White, Red Hot Chili Peppers, and Dave Matthews Band. The May 2017 event will be headlined by Frank Ocean, Mumford & Sons, Chance The
Rapper and Twenty One Pilots.

● Clubs and Venues . We are able to stream live performances around the world on our platform on a daily basis from popular nightclubs and concert
venues. We have entered into content licensing, broadcasting and/or distribution agreements with elite nightclubs and concert venues, including many
of the industry’s leading properties. These nightclubs and concert venues could yield a substantial amount of raw performance content in a single
year. In addition, we plan to install our Venue Production Studio System at similar nightclubs and concert venues to enable us to capture this content
and share it with our users at relatively low costs to us. Generally, we aim to enter into long-term agreements with the owners of the nightclubs and
other concert venues, ranging anywhere between one to five years depending on the popularity and other factors.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A sample of our clubs and venues include:

●

TAO Group — We own the exclusive rights to broadcast live performances from Marquee, TAO and Lavo Nightclubs in Las Vegas, for a period of 5
years. These include rights to film, broadcast and distribute footage from musical and special events, DJ shows, concerts, behind the scenes footage
and promotions and events series produced by the TAO Group in Las Vegas. The TAO Group will provide production infrastructure in venue as well
as transmission and encoding services to deliver the broadcast signal and feed for distribution on our platform. The TAO Group operates some of the
most  iconic  nightclubs  in  Las  Vegas  and  have  been  home  to  some  of  the  most  popular  and  successful  electronic  dance  music  (“EDM”)  artist
performances and residencies.

● E11EVEN —  We  own  production  and  streaming  rights  from  11  USA  Group,  the  owners  of  E11EVEN,  a  popular  nightclub  located  in  Miami,
Florida, to live-stream select concerts, DJ shows, and other lifestyle events from the club’s 25,000 square foot venue. We also own the rights to live
stream 11 USA Group’s events across the globe. E11EVEN hosts performances from top acts in pop, electronic and hip-hop music, including Nicki
Minaj, Drake, and Miguel, among many others.

● Exchange LA — Pursuant to our agreement with Exchange LA, a 25,000 square foot nightclub comprising a four floor building in downtown Los
Angeles  home  to  widely  recognized  EDM  artists,  we  will  assist  Exchange  LA  to  produce  and  distribute  select  live  music  performances  on our
network. We have also collaborated with the management of Exchange LA to both lead the expansion of our EDM Club Network (an EDM-specific
channel within our network), as well as to create a permanent, turnkey, replicable and scalable production and streaming technology solution to be
installed at venues within our network based on Exchange LA’s proprietary infrastructure at its club in Los Angeles.

●

●

Artist Tours. We will identify and partner with concerts and/or tours featuring both popular and emerging artists who wish to extend the experience
of their brand and content to viewers across markets or in markets such tours may never reach.

Companion to Live Music Events . We plan to produce additional content ancillary to the content customarily captured from live events that we feel
would resonate with our users, including:

● Highlighting various important social causes relating to music (e.g., deforestation in the Amazon rainforest for Rock in Rio)

● Behind the scenes

●

●

Lifestyle and culture

Tour/venue information

● Video “podcast” featuring news, artist interviews, editorial commentary and local events

● Award Shows . We will identify music award shows that are seeking to extend the reach of their content. These shows feature increasingly popular
performances and sometimes pair major artists together to create unique performances that cannot be seen or heard outside the award show format.
Aside from attracting high-profile artists for such performances, award shows are prime for social media events and similarly generate publicity and
marketing across news media, which contribute to our overall marketing and content goals.

Catalog
Content

We have acquired, and plan to acquire in the future, distribution rights to certain libraries consisting of classic archived content, including concert footage,
festival footage, interviews and documentaries as evidenced by the recent JBTV transaction, which has not only increased our overall content offerings, but also
allows us to target-market users already using our online platform for their favorite live music video content, deepening and engaging our user base.

LXL
Studios
and
Original
Content

Our LXL Studios will produce scripted and unscripted programs, as well as branded entertainment campaigns focused on a variety aspects of live music
event culture, including art, food, fashion, film, sports, politics and travel. We believe there is currently no network in place that is dedicated to providing these
stories from a raw, live, experiential and global perspective. As the market for this type of content in the digital content space grows, we will continue to invest in
LXL  Studios  and  the  creation  of  original  content  programming.  We  aim  to  create  compelling,  high-quality  LXL  Studios  programming  that  will  be  distributed
through our network and eventually exclusively on the LiveXLive platform, which we believe will increase subscriptions and user retention.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
We expect to launch and strategically position our music magazine-style live news show similar to popular sports and entertainment daily news shows,
tentatively titled “LiveZone”. LiveZone will act as the flagship for the LiveXLive platform and feature as-it-happens coverage, news on live music events and in-
depth artist bios and interviews, as well as music-related “lifestyle” topics. LiveZone’s anchors and on-location correspondents from major cities and events around
the world and will include  social  media  influencers  and  popular  music  programming  hosts  whose  respective  fan  bases  will  bolster  overall  viewership  and  user
engagement with the LiveXLive platform. We intend LiveZone to be a guide to the world of live music one segment at a time. Ultimately, we expect LiveZone to
fuel  the  daily  viewership  of  the  platform  similar  to  the  way  other  daily  sports  and  entertainment  news  shows  have  anchored  their  respective  network’s  daily
programming.

We plan to produce the following content within our LXL Studios division in collaboration with our production partner Big Boots, one of the first studios

dedicated to incubating, launching and monetizing engagement platforms:

●

Scripted and Unscripted Shows .
 Our slate of expected original content web series shows includes content in news, comedy, reality and more. We
expect to produce 10 to 12 shows each year. In 2017, we are currently developing and producing original pilots and documentary series with the slate
expanding in 2018 and beyond. The following titles and are currently entering pre-production:

●

Scripted:

●

●

Pawn
Shop
: a show about two girls, starring Amanda Cerny, who manage a pawn shop full of musical instruments and regularly break into song
with their customers.

Sycamore
 :  a  show  about  a  band  which  moves  into  a  Hollywood  apartment  complex  populated  with  eccentric  hopefuls;  the  band  quickly
discovers that the mysticism, glamour and magic of the complex is not only in their heads.

● Unscripted:

● MainStagers
: a show taking music fans inside the biggest music festivals through the eyes of a group of superfans.

●

Autotune:
 A 
Love 
Story
 :  an  in-depth  documentary  on  the  origins,  usage,  and  pervasive  nature  of  auto-tune  in  song  recordings  and  live
performance.

● Acquired Content.   In addition to producing original content, LXL Studios will look to acquire new and existing third-party-produced content that
will appeal to our users, including third-party development ideas for new content. We plan to acquire content within the following categories, among
others: scripted, reality, music and performance, interviews and behind the scenes, films and documentaries, and user generated content.

●

LiveXLive Original Live Events.   We plan to produce and develop original live performance content created uniquely for LiveXLive, including
the following:

● Digital
Festival
.  The Digital Festival will reinvent the traditional music-festival model by removing the physical boundaries of the venue and
extending the experience to a global audience. Similar to the way the 2005 “Live 8” series of live performances and concerts were broadcast on
traditional media across the globe in a single day, the Digital Festival will allow users to experience a multi-artist, venue-agnostic, digital concert
experience  available  on  any  internet-connected  screen.  This  will  remove  substantial  logistical  costs  associated  with  physical  festival  budgets,
including production and infrastructure. Thanks to modern streaming technology, we can engage artists to perform from most venue types or
even from their personal residences, which we can schedule in sequence to create a festival-type experience.

● Digital
Residency
. Artists who may not have the desire to embark on a large-scale tour are sometimes intrigued by the concept of a localized
residency. Residencies appeal to artists, both big and small, who want to stay relevant to their fans, but may not have the ability, financing or
desire to perform on tour. We will offer artists a “Digital Residency” at a digital venue, the LiveXLive digital platform, which offers artists the
opportunity  to  generate  additional  revenue  from  existing  fan  bases  by  performing  live  to  fans  all  around  the  world  at  the  convenience  of  the
artist. This is a blank canvas for artists to create new and exciting ways to connect with their fans in real-time, whether through live performance,
rehearsal coverage, inside looks on the songwriting or live question-and-answer sessions.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 


 
 
Partner
and
Co-Branded
Channels:

Using our technology and the strength of our LiveXLive brand and outreach, we plan to offer Industry Stakeholders the opportunity to host their entire
content  library  on  our  platform  in  the  form  of  individual  co-branded  channels,  thereby  offering  them  a  fully-serviced  digital  asset.  We  believe  Industry
Stakeholders  can  benefit  and  monetize  a  substantial  portion  of  their  existing  live  music  video  content  by distributing  such  content  on  branded  channels  on  the
LiveXLive platform. We intend to provide artists and labels a new revenue opportunity similar to what Spotify and Pandora have done for audio rights. In addition,
we believe this strategy will ensure that potential key Industry Stakeholders do not view us as a direct competitor, but rather as a trusted partner. We will also
continue to look to find other creative ways to incentivize distribution of third-party content on our network.

Curated
Content:

We consider there to be a substantial amount of live music-related video content available on the internet that is not currently well-marketed or monetized
by  their  creators.  The  LiveXLive  platform  will  feature  publicly  available  performance  and  non-performance  content  created  by  third-party  sources,  carefully
curated by LiveXLive. The constant flow of new and exciting content will ensure the network is continually fresh and current with music trends. We believe there
are substantial opportunities for curated content given the sheer volume of content generated and uploaded to the internet every day.

Technology Development

Technology is  a  key  component  of  the  LiveXLive  network  that  brings  our  ecosystem  to  life  for  both  users  and  our  Content  Providers.  We  currently
deliver our viewer experience through an HTML-based website compatible with most major web browsers (e.g., Chrome, Safari, Internet Explorer) and operating
systems (e.g., Windows, MacOS, iOS, Android). LiveXLive, in conjunction with third-party technology developers, is building a pioneering technology stack for
delivering our content to users on nearly any internet-connected screen. Our developers bring extensive experience building technology solutions for the leading
media companies of the world, including the design of live and VoD workflows, the video content management system and delivery of content on mobile, over-
the-top (“OTT”) and desktop clients.

We intend to deliver a user experience that will be platform and operating system agnostic and available on nearly any internet-connected screen. We are
currently developing the LXL App, which we intend to release initially on the iOS operating system in the summer 2017 in anticipation of Rock in Rio 2017. We
plan to release the Android version of the LXL App and Apple TV, Roku and Amazon Fire TV LiveXLive applications later in 2017. We are also in the process of
finalizing our OTT strategy, which we expect will result in the release of a custom OTT application that will be available on all OTT platforms and consoles. We
believe our full-service, delivery-to-distribution back-end will allow us to capitalize on monetization opportunities and is the first step in creating a digital supply
chain for live music and music-related video content.

We  have  also  contracted  with  VDMS  to  provide  us  with  software,  encoding,  streaming,  cloud  storage  and  delivery  services.  VDMS’s  digital  media
platform is a single, end-to-end solution that can prepare, deliver, display and enable the monetization of online content. VDMS takes our digital content and helps
turn  it  into  instantly  gratifying  experiences.  VDMS  brings  together  world-class  technology  to  prepare,  deliver  and  display  content,  so  our  users  can  watch  and
enjoy  our  content  on  their  terms.  VDMS’s  next-generation  platform  helps  us  reduce  the  challenges  and  pressures  of  meeting  today’s  user  expectations  of
instantaneous, always-on, seamless and secure digital experiences by taking care of our infrastructure and workflow needs.

The  Wantickets  system  is  hosted  on  Amazon  Web  Services,  which  provides  flexibility  we  need  to  handle  traffic  spikes  and  the  simplifies  our  IT

management and disaster recovery tasks. In load testing, the system has been able to handle approximately 10,000 orders per minute.

8

 




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketing and Distribution

Our brand and content marketing and distribution efforts will focus on third-party distributors, individual artist and social media promotion, traditional
media outlets and social-viral events. Given that our content appeals to a diverse user demographic spanning a variety of music genres, we plan to customize our
campaigns to best suit the need of our Content Providers and potential advertising partners. We will also continue to share our own, music-related video content
and updates with our users, together with targeted posts on our social media networks on Snapchat, Facebook, Instagram and Twitter.

Marketing and distribution of our content and brand will be integral to our business and the execution of our platform engagement, data collection and
monetization strategies. We believe we can achieve this initially by leveraging the reach of major distribution platforms in a way similar to our success with past
distribution through major third parties such as MTV International, Complex Media and AOL. For example, our co-distribution agreement with AOL for Rock in
Rio 2015 resulted in a total of nearly 180 million social impressions, which does not include any social impressions following the live broadcast. We believe we
will continue to reach a substantial number of consumers through these and other distribution partners utilizing their platforms. We will also partner with major
mobile carriers and web and broadcast distributors to drive distribution and viewership of LiveXLive and LXL Studios branded content.

We have engaged artists and social influencers to conduct marketing on their own social media and other marketing platforms. For example, individual
artists  such  as Rihanna  at Rock in Rio 2015 and  Avicii  at Rock  in Rio 2016 promoted our live stream  to their massive and dedicated fan bases. We have also
partnered with three prominent social media influencers: Amanda Cerny, Andrew B. Bachelor (also known as “King Bach”) and Jake Paul. These social media
influencers feature a combined audience of over 70 million followers who are engaged and interested in music. In May 2017, Amanda Cerny launched her first
LXL Studios series of comedy shorts with King Bach as a guest star. The three-episode series promoting LiveXLive in advance of Hangout Music Festival and the
summer festival season garnered nearly 900,000 views on LiveXLive’s Instagram. In May 2017, Amanda Cerny’s daily Instastories (short-form temporary videos
on Instagram) drove over 75,000 unique viewers to the LiveXLive platform to view Hangout Music Festival. In June 2017, we live streamed on our platform the
exclusive broadcast of the first ever live on-stage performance of Jake Paul’s hit hip-hop song “It’s Everyday, Bro,” which debuted at #2 on iTunes. Exchange LA,
our  venue  partner,  hosted  the  surprise  sold-out  performance.  Amanda  Cerny,  King  Bach  and  Jake  Paul  have  recently  collaborated  on  social  media-based
promotions designed to drive fan participation, including offering fans to join the three of them on a private jet from Los Angeles to San Francisco to enjoy Outside
Lands. We believe this type of direct marketing is invaluable as we continue to expand our brand.

Furthermore, as a result of our acquisition of certain operating assets of Wantickets, we will utilize its large engaged social following, with more than
170,000 followers focused on the nightlife category and over 135,000 unique emails in its marketing database. Wantickets builds relationships between leading
social media influencers and everyday users to evoke authentic marketing while working towards automating a personalized experience.

We will also employ advertising across traditional media outlets. For example, under our agreement with KAOS Connect, we will receive advertisement
placements  in  select  theaters  within  Screenvision’s  network  of  approximately  14,500  screens.  This  up-front-and-center  advertising  will  reach  captive  theater
patrons viewing marquee films, in advance of an exclusive theatrical event highlighting LiveXLive and our premium content.

Finally, content captured at live events can also become viral and provide unique marketing opportunities for our brand. For instance, while performing at
Rock  in  Rio  2015,  Katy  Perry  brought  on  stage  an  overly  affectionate  fan  from  the  audience.  The  resulting  exchange  became  international  news,  garnering
placement  on  popular  entertainment  news  shows  and  the  upload  of  videos  related  to  the  incident  on  YouTube  in  the  tens  of  millions.  These  videos  depict  our
LiveXLive logo with over 10 million views on YouTube. This incident illustrates the power that live content has to create free, self-perpetuating and potentially
profitable forms of marketing.

Platform Engagement

We are  designing  our  custom  platform  with  interactive  features  that  will  enhance  the  live  music  experience  and,  when  combined  with  our platform’s
functionality and unique features, will create an immersive digital experience in and of itself. We believe the combination of the intuitive, modern LiveXLive user
interface and cross-platform capabilities will be instrumental in creating a deeply engaging, personally-tailored central hub for live music and music-related video
content, particularly for those users who are otherwise unable to attend live events in person. Our aim is to also include options for artist fan club membership,
merchandise, ticketing, VIP packages and other offerings to further solidify users’ affinity toward our platform and their interests.

On our  platform,  users  will  be  immediately  greeted  with  a  main  viewing  window  featuring  the  most  current  content  and  multiple  sub-windows  that
highlight additional stages, venues, events and our other content. Users will be able to move seamlessly, at the swipe of a finger, from stage to stage and venue to
venue,  to  enjoy  our  content,  creating  a  personalized  viewing  environment.  By  creating  this  free-flowing  user  experience,  the  platform  will  encourage  users  to
connect with others to share their individual experience, further deepening social interaction and platform engagement.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LiveXLive  currently  runs  on  a  responsive  HTML-based  website  that  has  been  developed  to  work  across  browsers  on  nearly  any  internet-connected
screen. The website’s landing page includes a featured playback window used for the most relevant content. The remainder of the page features video content that
is updated regularly and covers a full spectrum of music genres. As our content library and user data grows, this featured playback window will be individually
tailored to a user’s preferences and interests. We intend to add video, display and other advertising to the website to generate additional revenue. We will work
with our developers to continue to add and tweak features based on internal and external feedback.

The  LXL  App  will  include  live  video  streaming,  VoD,  push  notifications,  festival-,  venue-  and  original  content-specific  functionality,  Google  Ads
capability,  digital  rights  management  (e.g.,  geo-blocking),  capability  to  display  time-shifted  content  and  enhanced  functionality  that  will  support  social  media
sharing and user community. The main landing page of the LXL App will include a graphic depicting a featured performance at the top of the screen and options
for viewing concurrent programming located below the graphic. The LXL App will also include a “Festivals” tab dedicated to ongoing and past festivals. We plan
for this tab to allow users to view multiple stages of a single festival broadcasting live simultaneously. We believe this fun and simple interface layout, together
with LiveZone, will highlight key content and encourage users to also discover our other content offerings.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition  to  the  standard  features,  the  LXL  App  will  showcase  several  features  that  we  believe  will  encourage  and  facilitate  user  engagement and

interactivity, including:

LiveX-It — The feature allows users to compile select artist performance clips and share them across any chosen outlet in the form of a live performance

“mixtape.”

Chat — In our endeavor to enhance the live event experience digitally, we will feature an integrated user chat system so users can connect, share and

comment regarding the live content. The integrated chat will allow users to connect, comment and share, all without leaving the LXL App.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
Crowdsurfing — Modeled after location based meet-up apps, the LXL App will have crowdsurfing capability to allow users to find and meet up at live

events and connect with digital viewers. We want to take the integrated chat and bring it to the real world.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
Livestarter  —  Users  will  be  able  to  participate  in  by  crowdfunding  special  music  events  and  experiences  for  social  causes  and  charitable  purpose
featuring artists and performers of the user’s choice. In addition to enjoying the resulting performance, users will receive an “event producer credit” memorializing
the user’s role in the production of the event.

Data Collection

As a result of our acquisition of certain operating assets of Wantickets, we have taken an important first step in our data collection efforts. Wantickets’
database boasts over 2.7 million lifetime unique customers, over 300,000 unique customers in 2016, and over 70,000 unique customers thus far in 2017. As we
continue to aggregate premium content offerings and grow our user base, we will gain valuable insights on users’ viewing habits, trends and preferences based
upon specific clicks on viewing windows, music genre trends and popularity, duration of user engagement, social networks activity and geographical data. This
data,  paired  with  general  demographic  data  supplied  via  integration  of  users’  social  media,  Google  and/or  Spotify  accounts,  will  provide  a  rich,  nuanced
understanding of our user base.

We  expect  data  collection  will  provide  valuable  information  for  each  of  our  monetization  strategies,  including  advertising,  e-commerce,  ticketing,
distribution, sponsorships, subscription, SVoD and PPV. Our platform will support advertising for our Content Provider  brands, music-related merchandise and
ticketing  services.  We  plan  to  use  data  mining  to  analyze  the  efficacy  of  these  strategies  and  our  broader  marketing  and  distribution  and  content  selection
strategies. This data will inform how we can better price individual streams or subscription plans. We will be able to identify specific music genres, geographic
markets and content programming most conducive to the success of our business. We aim to provide targeted e-commerce opportunities for music fans, including
offering artist merchandise, tickets to upcoming live music events, fan club access and more. We also plan to implement rating or other review features to obtain
direct user feedback on our content, the LXL App, e-commerce merchandise and our other platform features.

Our Leadership

Our leadership team, consisting of our Named Executive Officers (as defined below), executive management and our Advisory Board, collectively brings
a  wealth  of  industry  relationships  and  expertise  in  the  fields  of  programming,  promotion,  marketing,  sales,  distribution,  web,  digital,  linear,  mobile,  legal  and
finance. The members of our active Advisory Board are renowned in their respective fields, are considered thought leaders in the entertainment industry by their
peers, further enhance our credibility and provide strategic guidance to our business.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Many of the members of our leadership team have built businesses as entrepreneurs and/or have been executives at Fortune 500  companies. The team
includes  seasoned  Wall  Street  executives  that  have  collectively  been  involved  in  mergers  and  acquisitions  of  approximately  $15  billion  dollars’  worth  of
transactions in the live event, recorded music, music publishing, fashion, technology and other media and entertainment businesses. Our leadership team provides
the knowledge to source, analyze, negotiate and complete acquisition transactions, partnerships and other business combinations. See Item 10. Directors, Executive
Officers and Corporate Governance.

Our Industries

Our addressable markets include live music, digital music streaming and online video streaming. These three markets are experiencing significant growth
and now represent the majority of the music industry’s overall revenue, as physical and digital record sales have steadily declined. We both capitalize on these
trends and provide Industry Stakeholders with additional lucrative revenue streams.

Live Music Industry

The live music industry is a large, growing market that creates, manages and promotes live performances and events, ranging from festivals to concerts in
stadiums, arenas, and other smaller venues. In the U.S. alone, the live music industry is expected to have generated approximately $19.6 billion of revenue in 2016,
representing 1% growth over 2015 and 11% growth over 2014 (IBIS World, March 2017) and over $5.5 billion in live music sponsorship for the same periods.
Live events and festivals have become an increasingly important cultural phenomenon as seen by more than 2,000 music festivals worldwide. Each festival can
attract hundreds of thousands of people with attendance at the largest festival in the United States estimated at 125,000 people per day. Rock in Rio, for instance,
attracted a combined attendance of over 1,000,000 people in 2015 and 2016 in Lisbon and Rio. The most popular festivals based on attendance include Coachella,
Electric Daisy Carnival, Glastonbury, Outside Lands Music and Arts Festival, Rock Werchter, Rock in Rio, Roskilde, Tomorrowland and Ultra Music Festival.
The live event industry is a global market with only a fraction of the leading live music events located in the U.S. In addition to festivals, there are thousands of
live music performances that occur nightly in large and small venues such as arenas, theatres, clubs, bars and lounges.

As a  result  of  the  popularity  of  live  music  performances,  there  has  been  a  growing  interest  in  experiencing  live  events  and  performances  via online

streaming distribution. For example, in 2016, there were 9 million livestream views of the Coachella festival (Eventbrite Blog, August 22, 2016).

Additionally,  the  growth  of  the  live  music  industry  benefits  ancillary  verticals,  such  as  merchandise  and  primary/secondary  ticket  marketplaces.
Merchandise  includes  the  retail  sales  of  licensed  music-related  goods  and  is  estimated  to  be  larger  than  $2  billion  as  of  2014.  Primary/secondary  ticket
marketplaces  consist  of  online  retailers  that  sell  tickets  to  live  events  and  online  ticket  resellers.  This  market  generated  revenue  of  over  $5  billion  in  2016,
representing 2% growth over 2015.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Digital Music Streaming Industry

The  addressable  market  for  paid  digital  music  streaming  is  large  and  growing  and  has  surpassed  physical  music  sales.  The  digital  music  streaming
industry was expected to generate approximately $5.4 billion of revenue in 2016, representing 33% growth over 2015 and 89% growth over 2014 (PwC Global
Entertainment and Media Outlook).

At the end of 2016, worldwide paid subscribers to music streaming services surpassed 100 million for the first time, representing 57% growth over 2015

(MIDiA Research).

These  same  fans  are  increasingly  engaging  digitally  on  their  mobile  devices.  With  over  2.1  billion  smartphone  users  globally  in  2016  (eMarketer,
November 2016), we expect that mobile will continue to represent a significant opportunity for streaming live music and music-related content. More than 50% of
smartphone users in the U.S. listened to music through direct download or live stream  at least once per month from services such as Apple Music and iTunes,
Pandora, iHeartRadio, Deezer and Spotify (eMarketer, August 2016).

We believe  that  the  demand  for  live  music  and  music-related  content  that  is  optimized  for  internet-connected  devices  will  continue  to  grow  with  the
further development of mobile devices and increases in mobile carrier bandwidth. We intend to continue to extend our global reach by executing deals with new
partners and strengthening our business model to enable us to further monetize the content offered on our network across these devices.

Online Video Streaming Industry

The addressable market for online video streaming is large and growing. The online video streaming industry was expected to generate  approximately
$19.6 billion of revenue in 2016, representing 19.9% growth over 2015 and 52.9% growth over 2014 (PwC Global Entertainment and Media Outlook). Over 49
million  U.S.  households  or  53%  of  U.S.  Wi-Fi  connected  homes  accessed  at  least  one  OTT  service  in  December  2016  (comScore,  April  2017).  According  to
comScore, these subscribers are heavily engaged, viewing OTT content an average of 19 days per month and 2.2 hours per day.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, an important subset of the growing online video streaming market is live video streaming. According to Facebook Live, users watch live
video three times longer and comment ten times more than recorded footage (Eventbrite Blog, August 22, 2016). We aim to capitalize on what we believe is an
increasing trend in user engagement with live video content.

Monetization

We expect to generate revenue from distribution, sponsorship, advertising and e-commerce. Once we aggregate enough premium content, we anticipate
adding a monthly SVoD fee and PPV fees. Once an SVoD model is established, we will maintain a free tier with limited content that is supported by advertising
revenue. Our diversified and growing portfolio of content will enable us to appeal to a broad range of consumers, not just the millennial demographic often desired
by new media companies. This diversified user base will make it easier for us to generate substantial revenue from multiple streams. These revenue streams should
be sufficient to pay for the total costs of operations, including production, rights, marketing, administrative and travel.

● Wantickets — In May 2017, we acquired certain operating assets of Wantickets. Wantickets is a leading online nightlife, EDM and event ticketing
company in North America, promoting ticket sales for live events. Its enhanced ticketing solution reaches an average of one million unique visitors
on a monthly basis. Its extensive network of more than 1.5 million registered users, coupled with in-house social marketing engineering, provides a
focused reach  to  music  fans  around  the  world.  Wantickets  features  some  of  the  best  online  tools  for  the  ticketing  experience  on  the  business-to-
business side as well, inclusive of real time reporting, accounting, and event management. Its strong marketing and ticketing capabilities combined
with LiveXLive’s live music streaming network will allow us to take advantage of synergies in the emerging digital music market. We believe the
acquisition of Wantickets presents an ideal opportunity to expand content reach and build LiveXLive’s subscription model by utilizing Wantickets’
significant database of live music ticket buyers.

● One Live Media —
We have entered into an agreement with One Live Media (“OneLive”) to build and manage, as well as to help populate what we
intend to be a LiveXLive store for merchandise and other e-commerce. The LiveXLive store will sell merchandise from the artists that have or will
perform  at  the  festivals,  nightclubs  and  other  concert  venues  with  which  we  have  entered  into  agreements.  Additionally,  we  plan  to  sell  travel
packages, music and related lifestyle merchandise through the LiveXLive store. Our payments to OneLive for its services will vary depending on the
nature of the services provided. OneLive is a diversified entertainment e-commerce company focused on providing commerce software platforms,
fan club, event ticketing and merchandise fulfillment to over 500 well-known sports and music organizations. OneLive’s clients include Bon Jovi,
Carrie Underwood, Radiohead, Guns N’ Roses, The Who, Sony Music, Warner Music Group, Jeff Gordon and Formula 1 Racing.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition

While the  broader  market  for  live  entertainment  remains  highly  competitive,  the  digital  distribution  of  live  and  music-related  video  content  is  still  a
nascent market. We believe live streamed music video content is the only remaining media genre without a dominant brand. We believe there is a tremendous
amount of high quality live music content available to be captured and produced but without a singular home for distribution and access by the public at large.

We expect to compete for the time and attention of our users with other Content Providers based on a number of factors, including: quality of experience,
relevance, acceptance and diversity of content, ease of use, price, accessibility, perceptions of advertisement load, brand awareness and reputation. We also expect
to compete for the time and attention of users based on the presence and/or visibility of the LiveXLive platform as compared with other platforms and Content
Providers that deliver content through internet-connected screens.

Our  competitors  will  include  (i)  broadcast  radio  providers,  including  terrestrial  radio  providers  such  as  Clear  Channel  and  CBS  and  satellite  radio
providers  such  as  Sirius  XM,  (ii)  interactive  on-demand  audio  content  and  pre-recorded  entertainment,  such  as  Apple’s  iTunes  Music  Store  and  Apple  Music,
Rhapsody, Spotify, Pandora, Tidal and Amazon Prime that allow listeners to stream music or select the audio content that they stream or purchase, (iii) other forms
of entertainment,  including Facebook, Instagram, Google,  Twitter  (including  Periscope),  and  Yahoo,  which  offer  a  variety  of  internet  and  mobile  device-based
products, services and  content  and  (iv)  promoters  and  producers  of  content  on  mobile,  online  and  AR/VR  platforms  such  as  Redbull  TV,  Live  Nation  TV and
independent content owners. To the extent that existing or potential users choose to watch satellite or cable television, streaming video from on demand services
such as Hulu, VEVO or YouTube, or play interactive video games on their home-entertainment system, computer or mobile phone rather than use the LiveXLive
service, these content services pose a competitive threat.

We may also face direct competition from other large live music event competitors with regards to online distribution of live music and music-related
video content, ticketing and sponsorship opportunities, including from Live Nation, Anschutz Entertainment Group, and Livestyle (formerly SFX). Furthermore,
there are many smaller, regional companies that compete in the market as well.

Government Regulation

Our  operations  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  local  laws  statutes,  rules,  regulations,  policies  and  procedures,  both  domestically  and

internationally, governing matters such as:

●

●

●

●

●

labor and employment laws;

the United States Foreign Corrupt Practice Act (the “FCPA”) and similar regulations and laws in other countries;

sales and other taxes and withholding of taxes;

Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) requirements;

privacy laws and protection of personally identifiable information;

● marketing activities online; and

●

primary ticketing and ticket resale services.

We believe that we are in material compliance with these laws. We are also required to comply with the laws of the countries we operate in and anti-
bribery  regulations  under  the  FCPA.  Such  regulations  make  it  illegal  for  us  to  pay,  promise  to  pay,  or  receive  money  or  anything  of  value  to,  or  from,  any
government or foreign public official for the purpose of directly or indirectly obtaining or retaining business. This ban on illegal payments and bribes also applies
to agents or intermediaries who use funds for purposes prohibited by the statute.

From  time  to  time,  governmental  bodies  have  proposed  legislation  that  could  have  an  effect  on  our  business.  For  example,  some  legislatures  have
proposed laws in the past that would impose potential liability on promoters and producers of live music events for entertainment taxes and for incidents that occur
at  such  events,  particularly  incidents  relating  to  drugs  and  alcohol.  More  recently,  some  jurisdictions  have  proposed  legislation  that  would  restrict  ticketing
methods and mandate ticket inventory disclosure.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Privacy Policy

As a  company  conducting  business  on  the  internet,  we  are  subject  to  a  number  of  foreign  and  domestic  laws  and  regulations  relating  to information
security,  data protection  and privacy,  among others. Many of these laws and regulations  are still evolving and could be interpreted  in ways that could hurt our
business. In the area of information security and data protection, the laws in several states require companies to implement specific information security controls to
protect  certain  types  of  personally  identifiable  information.  Likewise,  all  but  a  few  states  have  laws  in  place  requiring  companies  to  notify  users  if  there  is  a
security breach that compromises certain categories of their personally identifiable information. Any failure on our part to comply with these laws may subject us
to significant liabilities.

We are also subject to federal and state laws regarding privacy of listener data. Our privacy policy and terms of use describe our practices concerning the
use, transmission and disclosure of listener information and are posted on our website. Any failure to comply with our posted privacy policy or privacy-related
laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental  authorities or others, which could harm our business. Further, any failure by us to
adequately  protect  the  privacy  or  security  of  our  users’  information  could  result  in  a  loss  of  confidence  in  our  brand  among  existing  and  potential  users,  and
ultimately, in a loss of users and advertising customers, which could adversely affect our business.

We will also collect and use certain types of information from our customers in accordance with the privacy policies posted on our websites. We will
collect personally identifiable information directly from our platform’s users when they register to use our service, fill out their listener profiles, post comments,
use our service’s social networking features, participate in polls and contests and sign up to receive email newsletters. We may also obtain information about our
platform’s users from other platform  users and third parties. We also collect information  from customers  using our other websites in order to provide  ticketing
services and other user support. Our policy is to use the collected information to customize and personalize our offerings for platform users and other customers
and to enhance the listeners’ experience when using our service.

The sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and other user data are governed by existing and evolving federal, state
and international laws. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in business practices or privacy policies, or if
governing  jurisdictions  interpret  or  implement  their  legislation  or  regulations  in  ways  that  negatively  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations. We intend to attract users from all over the world, and as we expand into new jurisdictions, the costs associated with compliance with these regulations
increases.  It  is  possible  that  government  or  industry  regulation  in  these  markets  will  require  us  to  deviate  from  our  standard  processes,  which  will  increase
operational cost and risk. We intend to commit capital resources to ensure our compliance with any such regulations.

Intellectual Property

While we do not currently have a trademark on the LiveXLive name, we plan to apply to register the trademark for the name in the future, and we intend
to  protect  our  trademarks,  brands,  copyrights,  patents  and  other  original  and  acquired  works,  ancillary  goods  and  services.  In  connection  with  the  Wantickets
acquisition, we acquired a trademark for the Wantickets name. We believe that certain trademarks and other proprietary rights that we may apply for or otherwise
obtain will have significant value and will be important to our brand-building efforts and the marketing of our services. We cannot predict, however, whether steps
taken by us to protect our proprietary rights will be successful or adequate to prevent misappropriation, infringement or other violation of these rights. Upon the
consummation of any future acquisitions, we may acquire additional registered trademarks, as well as applied-for trademarks potentially for worldwide use.

Legal Proceedings

On March 3, 2016, Blink TV Limited and Northstar Media, Inc. (collectively, “Plaintiffs”) filed a claim in the Los Angeles  County Superior Court of
California against Loton and LXL, alleging breaches of two different license agreements for the live-streaming rights to “Bestival,” an annual music festival which
takes place on the Isle of Wight in England. LXL and Loton demurred to the complaint on May 10, 2016, and, prior to the hearing on the demurrer, Plaintiffs
amended their complaint. The amended complaint no longer states a claim against Loton and only states a single cause of action against LXL for the alleged breach
of a single license agreement. Plaintiffs are seeking $300,000 in damages.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To date, LXL has vigorously contested Plaintiffs’ claims. In doing so, LXL filed a cross-complaint against Plaintiffs for breach of contract and breach of
the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, on December 23, 2016. On May 11, 2017 the parties agreed to a mediation currently scheduled for June 2017,
and a trial is set for March 2018.

We  are  currently  not  aware  of  any  other  pending  legal  proceedings.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  become  involved  in  various  lawsuits  and  legal
proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. An adverse result in these or other matters may have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Employees

As of June 9, 2017, we had 24 full-time employees. We are not party to any collective bargaining agreements and have not experienced any strikes or
work  stoppages.  We  believe  we  enjoy  strong  relationships  with  all  of  our  employees.  In  addition  to  our  employees,  we  engage  key  consultants  and  utilize  the
services  of  independent  contractors  to  perform  various  services  on  our  behalf.  Some  of  our  executive  officers  and  directors  are  engaged  in  outside  business
activities that we do not believe conflict with our business, and we anticipate that such officers and directors will devote limited time to our business until after the
completion of our underwritten public offering pursuant to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017 (the “Public Offering”).

Management Services from Trinad Management

Trinad Management  LLC  (“Trinad  Management”),  an  affiliate  of  Mr.  Ellin,  our  Executive  Chairman  and  President,  provides  management  and  other

services to us for a monthly cash fee of $30,000. We intend to terminate this arrangement upon completion of the Public Offering.

Going Concern

We are dependent upon the receipt of capital investment and other financing to fund our ongoing operations and to execute our business plan. If continued
funding  and  capital  resources  are  unavailable  at  reasonable  terms,  we  may  not  be  able  to  implement  our  plan  of  operations.  We  may  be  required  to  obtain
alternative or additional financing, from financial institutions or otherwise, in order to maintain and expand our existing operations. The failure by us to obtain such
financing would have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the
normal  course  of  business.  Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  has  included  an  explanatory  paragraph  in  their  report  in  our  audited  financial
statements  for the fiscal  year  ended  March  31, 2017 to the  effect  that  our  losses from operations  and our negative  cash  flows from  operations  raise  substantial
doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should we be unable to
continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. We may be required to cease operations which could result in our
stockholders losing all or almost all of their investment.

Properties

Our principal executive offices are subleased from Trinad Management for no cost to us as part of our Management Agreement with Trinad Management
where we maintain an 1,840 sq. ft. office space. We anticipate continuing to sublease such space at no cost to us for the foreseeable future. We believe that such
property is in good condition and is suitable for the conduct of our business. We currently have no policy with respect to investments or interests in real estate, real
estate mortgages or securities of, or interests in, persons primarily engaged in real estate activities.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.

Risk Factors

You
 should 
carefully 
consider 
the 
risks 
described 
below, 
together 
with 
all 
of 
the 
other 
information 
included 
in 
this 
Annual 
Report,
 before 
deciding
whether 
to 
invest 
in 
our 
common 
stock. 
The 
occurrence 
of 
any 
of 
the 
risks 
described 
below 
could 
have 
a 
material
 adverse 
effect 
on 
our 
business, 
financial
condition,
results
of
operations
and
future
growth
prospects.
In
these
circumstances,
the
market
price
of
our
common
stock
could
decline.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, and we may be unsuccessful in executing our

business model.

We began our current business operations in February 2015 and have a limited operating history related to our current business. Prior to the launch of our
current operations, our primary business related to our former 50% interest in a company that operates the nightclub and live music venue “KOKO” in Camden,
London, which we sold in November 2016. Our business operations now primarily relate to our premium internet network devoted to live music and music-related
video  content.  To  date,  we  have  generated  minimal  revenue  through  our  current  business  and  have  devoted  most  of  our  financial  resources  to  developing  our
current business. We expect to continue  to incur substantial  and increased  expenses as we continue to execute  our business approach, including expanding and
developing our content and platform.

The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays frequently encountered by a
developing company starting a new business enterprise, the difficulties that may be encountered with integrating acquired companies and the highly competitive
environment  in  which  we  operate.  For  example,  while  several  companies  have  been  successful  in  the  digital  music  streaming  industry  and  the  online  video
streaming industry, companies have had no or limited success in  operating  a  premium  internet  network  devoted  to  live  music  and  music-related  video  content.
Because we have a limited operating history, we cannot assure you that our business will be profitable or that we will ever generate sufficient revenue to fully meet
our expenses and support our anticipated activities.

We  have  incurred  significant  losses  since  our  inception,  have  generated  minimal  revenues  to  date  and  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  incur
significant  losses  for  the  foreseeable  future;  our  auditors  have  included  in  their  audit  report  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2017  an  explanatory
paragraph as to substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

We have incurred significant net losses in each year since our inception, including net losses of $14,249,719 and $3,746,944 for the fiscal years ended
March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $28,095,890. We anticipate incurring additional losses until such
time we can generate significant revenues, and/or reduce operating costs. To date, we have had minimal revenues and have financed our operations exclusively
through  the  sale  of  equity  and  debt  securities  (including  convertible  securities).  The  size  of  our  future  net  losses  will  depend,  in  part,  on  the  rate  of  future
expenditures and our ability to generate revenue. We expect to continue to incur substantial and increased expenses as we grow our business. We also expect a
continued increase in our expenses associated with our operations as a publicly-traded company. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of
other reasons, including unsuccessful acquisitions, costs of integrating new businesses, expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. As
a result of the foregoing, we expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our auditors have included in their audit report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 a “going concern” explanatory paragraph as to substantial doubt
as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to meet our total liabilities of $4,961,897 as of March 31, 2017, and to continue as a going concern, is
dependent  on us generating  substantial  revenues  and/or  obtaining  adequate  capital  to  fund  operating  losses  until  we  become  profitable.  We  may  never  achieve
profitability, and even if we do, we may not be able to sustain being profitable. As a result of our going concern qualification, there is an increased risk that you
could lose the entire amount of your investment in our company, which assumes the realization of our assets and the satisfaction of our liabilities and commitments
in the normal course of business.

20

 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business is dependent on our ability to secure music streaming rights from Content Providers and to stream their live music and music-related

video content on our platform, and we may not be able to secure such content on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our business is dependent on our ability to secure rights to stream on our platform a variety of popular content from Content Providers. Our licensing,
distribution and/or production arrangements with Content Providers may be short-term and do not guarantee the continuation or renewal of these arrangements on
commercially reasonable terms, if at all. For example, our agreement with Rock in Rio expires in 2020 and there is no guarantee that we will be able to renew this
agreement on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Additionally, while our agreements with music festivals and other live music events and venues allow us to
stream content from such events and venues, we typically  require  additional  permission  from  the artists  performing  at  such events  and  venues. While  artists  at
music festivals and other live music events and venues that we have contracts with have in the past agreed to allow us to stream their performances, there is no
guarantee  that  artists  at  an  event  will  agree  to  allow  us  to  stream  their  performances.  Any  unwillingness  of  such  partners  to  supply  content  to  us  or  lack  of
availability  of  popular  artists  to  perform  at  such  venues  and  events  could  limit  our  ability  to  enhance  user  experience  and  deepen  user  engagement  with  our
platform and therefore reduce our revenue opportunities. If we are unable to secure rights to steam our content, then our business, financial condition and results of
operations  would  be  adversely  affected.  Additionally,  to  the  extent  any  music  festival  or  other  live  music  event  that  we  have  rights  to  stream  is  cancelled  or
delayed, whether as a result of cancellation by artists, weather, terrorism or otherwise, we may receive little or no content from such live event.

Some  Content  Providers  and  distributors,  currently  or  in  the  future,  may  also  take  action  to  make  it  more  difficult  or  impossible  for  us  to  license,
distribute and/or produce their content, including as a result of them offering a competing product. Other content owners, providers or distributors may seek to
limit our access to, increase the cost of, or otherwise restrict or prohibit our use of such content. As a result, we may be unable to offer a wide variety of content at
reasonable prices with acceptable usage rules or expand our geographic reach.

Additionally, some content on our platform is currently provided free of digital rights management to prevent the unauthorized redistribution of digital
media. If our business model changes, we may have to develop or license digital  rights management technology. There  is no assurance  that we will be able to
develop or license such technology at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner. In addition, certain countries have passed or may propose and adopt legislation that
would require us to license our digital rights management, if any, which could weaken the protection of content, subject us to piracy and also negatively affect
arrangements with our Content Providers.

We may be unable to fund any significant up-front or guaranteed payment cash requirements associated with our live music streaming rights, which

could result in the inability to secure and retain such streaming rights.

In  order  to  secure  event  and  festival  live  music  streaming  rights,  we  may  be  required  to  fund  significant  up-front  or  guaranteed  payment  cash
requirements to artists or festival or event promoters prior to the event or festival taking place. If we do not have sufficient cash on hand or available capacity to
advance  the  necessary  cash  for  any  given  artist,  event  or  festival,  we  would  not  be  able  to  retain  the  rights  for  that  artist,  festival  or  event  and  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If  we  fail  to  increase  the  number  of  users  consuming  our  live  music  and  music-related  video  content  on  our  platform,  our  business,  financial

condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The size of our user base is critical to our success, and we will need to develop and grow our user base to be successful. We expect to generate revenue
based upon subscription, SVoD, and PPV, advertising and sponsorship, e-commerce and data, which is dependent on the number of users we retain and attract. For
example, if we are unable to retain and attract users, we may be unable to attract users to our network and/or increase the frequency of users’ engagement with our
platform.  In addition,  if  users do not  perceive  our  content  as  original,  entertaining  or  engaging,  we  may  not  be  able  to  attract  sponsorship  opportunities  and/or
increase the resulting frequency of users’ engagement with our platform and content. If we are unable to retain and attract users, our network and services could
also be less attractive to potential new users, as well as to Content Providers and other Industry Stakeholders, which would have a material and adverse impact on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our ability to attract and retain users is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes in music and technology.

Our ability  to  attract  and  retain  users  is  highly  sensitive  to  rapidly  changing  public  tastes  in  music  and  technology  and  is  dependent  on  our  ability  to
maintain the attractiveness of our platform, content, technology and reputation as a place where quality online live music and music-related video content can be
accessed and enjoyed. We will rely on the popularity of our Content Providers and the quality of their respective content to retain customers, secure sponsorships
and  to  facilitate  growth  in  revenue  from  advertising  and  e-commerce.  Maintaining  the  popularity  of  our  content  will  be  challenging,  and  our  relationship  with
music fans could be harmed for many reasons, including the quality and diversity of our online content, quality of the experience with a particular festival, event or
club,  our  competitors  developing  relationships  with  more  popular  festivals,  events  or  clubs  or  attracting  talent  from  our  businesses,  adverse  occurrences  or
publicity in connection with a festival, event or club and changes to public tastes that are beyond our control and difficult to anticipate. For example, if users do not
perceive our platform and services to be original, entertaining, engaging, useful, reliable or trustworthy, we may be unable to attract and retain users to our network
and/or  increase  the  frequency  of  users’  engagement  with  our  platform.  Additionally,  any  cancellation  or  delay  in  music  festivals,  concerts  or  other  live  music
events that we have rights to stream, or are otherwise associated with, may harm our reputation and make any related content less desirable to our users. A number
of consumer-oriented websites that achieved early popularity have since seen their user bases or levels of engagement decline, in some cases precipitously. There is
no guarantee that we will not experience a similar erosion of our user base. If our platform or content become less popular with music fans, our growth strategy
would be harmed, which could in turn harm our business and financial results.

Our ability to attract and retain users depends upon many additional factors both within and beyond our control.

In addition to the popularity of our content, we believe that our ability to attract and retain users depends upon many factors both within and beyond our

control, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

the popularity, usefulness, ease of use, performance and reliability of our platform, products and services, including the LXL App, compared to those
of our competitors;

the timing and market acceptance of our platform, products and services, including the LXL App;

users’ willingness to pay for subscription rights to our platform;

our ability to develop and monetize an effective strategy to attract advertisers and sponsor of our platform;

the frequency and relative prominence of the ads displayed by us or our competitors;

our ability to establish and maintain relationships with our Content Providers to provide new content for our network;

user concerns related to user privacy and our ability to keep user data secure;

changes mandated by, or that we elect to make to address, legislation, regulatory authorities or litigation, including settlements and consent decrees,
some of which may have a disproportionate effect on us;

our ability to attract, retain and motivate talented employees, particularly engineers, designers and platform and content managers;

fluctuations in costs of content which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our users;

competitors’ offerings  that  may  include  more  favorable  terms  than  we  offer  in  order  to  obtain  agreements  for  new  content  or  venue,  festival  or
ticketing arrangements;

technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive entertainment alternatives than we
or other live streamed entertainment providers currently offer;

general economic conditions which could cause consumers to reduce discretionary spending;

our ability to develop and monetize an effective strategy to buildout our e-commerce revenue stream;

acquisitions or consolidation within our industry, which may result in more formidable competitors; and

our reputation and the brand strength relative to our competitors.

If we are unable to attract and retain users, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unsuccessful in developing our original content.

We  plan  to  produce  original  music-related  video  content,  including  digital  magazine-style  news  programming  and  original-concept  digital  pilots,
documentaries and other original content. We believe that a positive reputation with users concerning our original content is important in attracting and retaining
users. To the extent our content, in particular, our original programming, is perceived as low quality, offensive or otherwise not compelling to users, our ability to
establish and maintain a positive reputation may be adversely impacted. If the original content we produce does not attract new users, we may not be able to cover
our expenses to produce such programs, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

As we  develop  our  original  content,  we  will  become  responsible  for  production  costs  and  other  expenses.  We  may  also  take  on  risks  associated with
production, such as completion and key talent risk. To the extent we do not accurately anticipate costs or mitigate  risks, or if we become liable for content we
acquire, produce, license and/or distribute, our business may suffer. Litigation to defend these claims could be costly and the expenses and damages arising from
any liability or unforeseen production risks could harm our results of operations. We may not be indemnified against claims or costs of these types and we may not
have insurance coverage for these types of claims.

We face competition for users’ attention and time.

The  market  for  entertainment  video  content  is  intensively  competitive  and  subject  to  rapid  change.  We  compete  against  other  entertainment  video
providers, such as (i) interactive on-demand audio content and pre-recorded entertainment, (ii) broadcast radio providers, including terrestrial and internet radio
providers, (iii) cable, satellite and internet television and movie content providers, (iv) video gaming providers and (v) other sources of entertainment for our users’
attention and time. These content and service providers pose a competitive threat to the extent existing or potential users choose to consume their content or use
their services rather than our content or our services. The online marketplace for live music and music-related content may rapidly evolve and provide users with a
number of alternatives or new access models, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face intense competition from competitors and we may not be able to increase our revenues, which could adversely affect our business, financial

condition and results of operations.

The  music  streaming  industry  is  highly  competitive.  The  music  streaming  industry  competes  with  other  forms  of  entertainment  for  consumers’
discretionary spending, and within this industry we compete with other platforms to secure rights to content. In the markets in which we promote our streaming
live  music  and  music-related  content,  we  face  competition  from  other  promoters  and  streaming  operators.  These  competitors  may  engage  in  more  extensive
development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to existing and
potential artists. Our competitors may also develop services, advertising options or music platforms that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve
greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share.

Our  current  and  future  competitors  may  have  more  well-established  brand  recognition,  more  established  relationships  with,  and  superior  access  to,
Content  Providers  and  other  Industry  Stakeholders,  greater  financial,  technical  and  other  resources,  more  sophisticated  technologies  or  more  experience  in  the
markets in which we compete. These competitors may also compete with us for key employees and other individual service providers who have relationships with
popular music artists or other Content Providers and that have a history of being able to book such artists or secure the rights to stream their music. If we are unable
to compete successfully for users against other providers by maintaining and increasing our presence and visibility, the number of users of our network may fail to
increase as expected or decline and our advertising sales, subscription fees and other revenue streams will suffer.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
W e will face significant competition for advertiser and sponsorship spend.

We will face significant competition for advertiser spend. We expect the substantial majority of our revenue will be generated through subscriptions to
our platform, as well as sponsorships and ads on our website and mobile app (when released). We compete against online and mobile businesses, including those
referenced above, and traditional media outlets, such as television, radio and print, for advertising budgets. We also compete with advertising networks, exchanges,
demand  side  platforms  and  other  platforms,  such  as  Google  AdSense,  DoubleClick  Ad  Exchange,  Yahoo  Ad  Exchange,  AOL’s  Ad.com  and  Microsoft  Media
Network,  for  marketing  budgets  and  in  the  development  of  the  tools  and  systems  for  managing  and  optimizing  advertising  campaigns.  In  order  to  grow  our
revenues and improve our operating results, we will need to increase our share of spending on advertising relative to our competitors, many of which are larger
companies that offer more traditional and widely accepted advertising products. In addition, some of our larger competitors have substantially broader product or
service offerings and leverage their relationships based on other products or services to gain additional share of advertising budgets. If we are not able to compete
effectively for users and advertisers spend, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends, in significant part, on discretionary consumer and corporate spending on entertainment and factors adversely  affecting such

spending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  business  depends  on  discretionary  consumer  and  corporate  spending.  Many  factors  related  to  discretionary  consumer  and  corporate  spending,
including  economic  conditions  affecting  disposable  consumer  income  such  as  employment,  interest  and  tax  rates  and  inflation  can  significantly  impact  our
operating results. Business conditions, as well as various industry conditions, including corporate marketing and promotional spending and interest levels, can also
significantly impact our operating results. These factors can affect user subscription sales, advertising sales, sponsorship and e-commerce spending, as well as the
financial  results  of  sponsors  of  our  venues,  events,  festivals  and  other  Content  Providers  and  the  industry  as  a  whole.  Negative  factors  such  as  challenging
economic conditions, public concerns over terrorism and security incidents, particularly when combined, can impact corporate and consumer spending, and one
negative  factor  can  impact  our  results  more  than  another.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  consumer  and  corporate  spending  will  not  be  adversely  impacted  by
current economic conditions, or by any further or future deterioration in economic conditions, thereby possibly impacting our operating results and growth.

During  past  economic  slowdowns  and  recessions,  many  consumers  reduced  their  discretionary  spending  and  advertisers  reduced  their  advertising
expenditures. In addition, a decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of live entertainment and leisure events may have an adverse effect on our revenue
and operating income. The impact of economic slowdowns on our business is difficult to predict, but they may result in reductions in sponsorship, advertising,
ticketing  and  e-commerce  opportunities  and  our  ability  to  generate  revenue.  The  risks  associated  with  our  businesses  may  become  more  acute  in  periods  of  a
slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in attendance at live entertainment and leisure events.

Risks Related to Our Acquisition Strategy

We can give no assurances as to when we will consummate any future acquisitions or whether we will consummate them at all.

We intend to continue to build our business through strategic acquisitions, and we hope to close one or more acquisitions after the closing of the Public
Offering and to possibly use part of the proceeds of the Public Offering to fund any cash portion of the consideration for those acquisitions. However, each of those
acquisitions will be subject to conditions and other impediments to closing, including some that are beyond our control, and we may not be able to close any of
them successfully. In addition, our future acquisitions will be required to be closed within certain timeframes as negotiated between us and the acquisition target,
and if we are unable to meet the closing deadlines for a given transaction, we may forfeit deposits or other payments we have made, if any, be forced to renegotiate
the transaction on less advantageous terms and could fail to consummate the transaction at all. If for this reason or otherwise we are unable to close any future
acquisition, it would significantly alter our business strategy and impede our prospects for growth. If we are unable to close a particular acquisition, we will not be
able to stream desired live music content on our network, produce and/or participate in the planned festivals or events or have ownership or licenses of the brands
owned or licensed by that acquisition target. Further, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates to replace these acquisitions, and even if we
were to do so, we may only be able to consummate them on less advantageous terms. In addition, some of the businesses we acquire may incur significant losses
from operations.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A number of other companies are seeking to make acquisitions in our industry, which may make our acquisition strategy more difficult or expensive

to pursue.

The  emergence  and  growth  of  live  streamed  music,  music  events,  festivals  and  concerts  has  brought  increased  media  attention,  and  a  number  of
companies and investors have begun making acquisitions of such businesses or announced their intention to do so. We compete with many of these companies, and
certain of them have greater financial resources than we do for pursuing and consummating acquisitions and to further develop and integrate acquired businesses.
Our  strategy  relies  on  our  ability  to  consummate  important  future  acquisitions  to  foster  the  growth  of  our  core  business  and  to  establish  ourselves  as  the  key
provider of streamed high quality live music content. The increased focus on acquisitions of such companies may impede our ability to acquire these companies
because they choose another acquirer. It could also increase the price that we must pay for these companies. Either of these outcomes could reduce our growth,
harm our business and prevent us from achieving our strategic goals.

We  may  enter  into  acquisitions  and  take  actions  in  connection  with  such  transactions  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  results  of

operations.

Our future growth rate depends in part on our selective acquisition of additional businesses and assets. We may be unable to identify suitable targets for
acquisition  or  make  further  acquisitions  at  favorable  prices.  If  we  identify  a  suitable  acquisition  candidate,  our  ability  to  successfully  complete  the  acquisition
would depend on a variety of factors, and may include our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms and requisite government approvals. In addition, any
credit agreements or credit facilities that we may enter into in the future may restrict our ability to make certain acquisitions. In connection with future acquisitions,
we could take certain actions that could adversely affect our business, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

using a significant portion of our available cash;

issuing equity securities, which would dilute current stockholders’ percentage ownership;

incurring substantial debt;

incurring or assuming contingent liabilities, known or unknown;

incurring amortization expenses related to intangibles; and

incurring large accounting write-offs or impairments.

We may also enter into joint ventures, which involve certain unique risks, including, among others, risks relating to the lack of full control of the joint
venture, potential disagreements with our joint venture partners about how to manage the joint venture, conflicting interests of the joint venture, requirement to
fund the joint venture and its business not being profitable.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, we cannot be certain that the due diligence investigation that we conduct with respect to any investment or acquisition opportunity will reveal
or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating such investment opportunity. For example, instances of fraud, accounting irregularities
and other deceptive practices can be difficult to detect. Executive officers, directors and employees may be named as defendants in litigation involving a company
we are acquiring or have acquired. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a particular investment or acquisition, we may fail to uncover all material issues
relating to such investment, including regarding the controls and procedures of a particular target or the full scope of its contractual arrangements. We rely on our
due diligence to identify potential liabilities in the businesses we acquire, including such things as potential or actual lawsuits, contractual obligations or liabilities
imposed  by  government  regulation.  However,  our  due  diligence  process  may  not  uncover  these  liabilities,  and  where  we  identify  a  potential  liability,  we  may
incorrectly  believe  that  we  can  consummate  the  acquisition  without  subjecting  ourselves  to  that  liability.  Therefore,  it  is  possible  that  we  could  be  subject  to
litigation in respect of these acquired businesses. If our due diligence fails to identify issues specific to an investment or acquisition, we may obtain a lower return
from that transaction than the investment would return or otherwise subject ourselves to unexpected liabilities. We may also be forced to write-down or write-off
assets, restructure our operations or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Charges of this nature could contribute to negative
market perceptions about us or our shares of common stock.

We may face difficulty in integrating the operations of the businesses we have acquired and may acquire in the future.

Acquisitions  have  been  and  will  continue  to  be  an  important  component  of  our  growth  strategy;  however,  we  will  need  to  integrate  these  acquired
businesses successfully in order for our growth strategy to succeed and for us to become profitable. We will implement, and the management teams of the acquired
businesses will adopt, our policies, procedures and best practices, and cooperate with each other in scheduling events, booking talent and in other aspects of their
operations.  We  may  face  difficulty  with  the  integration  of  the  businesses  we  acquire,  such  as  coordinating  geographically  dispersed  organizations,  integrating
personnel with disparate business backgrounds and combining different corporate cultures, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns,
the  inherent  risks  in  entering  markets  or  lines  of  business  in  which  we  have  either  limited  or  no  direct  experience;  and  the  potential  loss  of  key  employees,
individual service providers, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies.

In addition, our growth strategy also includes further development of our online live streamed music network that we intend to integrate across all of our
acquired businesses. This will require, among other things, the integration of the individual websites and databases of each business we have or will acquire. This
will be a complex undertaking that may prove more difficult, expensive and time consuming than we expect. Even if we are able to achieve this integration, it may
not achieve the benefits we anticipate. If we fail to do this properly and in a timely manner, it could harm our revenue and relationship with our fans.

Further,  we  expect  that  future  target  companies  may  have  material  weaknesses  in  the  internal  controls  of  these  businesses  that  relate  to  the  proper
application of accrual based accounting under the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) prior to us acquiring them.
The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control
over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or
detected on a timely basis. We will be relying on the proper implementation of our policies and procedures to remedy these material weaknesses, and prevent any
potential material misstatements in our financial reporting. Any such misstatement could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, cause investors to
lose confidence in our reported financial information, and subject us to civil and criminal fines and penalties. If our acquired companies fail to integrate in these
important ways, or we fail to adequately understand the business operations of our acquired companies, our growth and financial results will suffer.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Company

We have  identified  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that,  if  not  properly  remediated,  could  result  in material

misstatements in our financial statements in future periods.

In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we identified certain deficiencies relating to
our internal control over financial reporting that constitute a material weakness under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(the “PCAOB”). The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that
there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely
basis.  A  deficiency  in  internal  control  exists  when  the  design  or  operation  of  a  control  does  not  allow  management  or  employees,  in  the  normal  course  of
performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis.

The following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting continued to exist at March 31, 2017:

● we do not have written documentation of our internal control policies and procedures. Written documentation of key internal controls over financial

reporting is a requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

● we do not have sufficient segregation of duties within accounting functions, which is a basic internal control. Due to our limited size and early stage
nature of operations, segregation of all conflicting duties may not always be possible and may not be economically feasible; however, to the extent
possible, the initiation of transactions, the custody of assets and the recording of transactions should be performed by separate individuals;

●

●

lack of independent audit committee of our board of directors; and

insufficient monitoring and review controls over the financial reporting closing process, including the lack of individuals with current knowledge of
GAAP that led to the restatement of our previously issued financial statements.

Prior to hiring Mr. Jerome Gold as our Chief Financial Officer in April 2017, we outsourced the functions of the principal financial officer on an interim
basis to assist us in implementing the necessary financial controls over the financial reporting and the utilization of internal management and staff to effectuate
these controls.

We believe that these material weaknesses primarily related, in part, to our lack of sufficient staff with appropriate training in GAAP and SEC rules and
regulations with respect to financial reporting functions, and the lack of robust accounting systems, as well as the lack of sufficient resources to hire such staff and
implement these accounting systems.

We plan to take a number of actions to correct these material weaknesses including, but not limited to, establishing an Audit Committee of our board of
directors  comprised  of  three  independent  directors,  adding  experienced  accounting  and  financial  personnel  and  retaining  third-party  consultants  to  review  our
internal  controls  and  recommend  improvements.  We  hired  Mr.  Gold  as  a  first  step  in  building  out  our  accounting  department.  However,  we  may  need  to  take
additional measures to fully mitigate these issues, and the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our internal controls may not be sufficient to (1)
address the issues identified, (2) ensure that our internal controls are effective or (3) ensure that the identified material weakness or other material weaknesses will
not result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In addition, other material weaknesses may be identified in the future. If we are
unable  to correct  deficiencies  in internal  controls  in a timely  manner,  our ability  to record,  process,  summarize  and report  financial  information  accurately  and
within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC will be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading
liquidity  of  our  common  stock,  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  information,  subject  us  to  civil  and  criminal  investigations  and
penalties, and generally materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

If we  fail  to  implement  and  maintain  an  effective  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  not  be  able  to  accurately  report our

financial results or prevent fraud.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls
and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation
could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the
subsequent testing by our independent registered  public  accounting  firm,  if  and  when  required,  may  reveal  additional  deficiencies  in  our  internal  controls  over
financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or
identify  other areas for further  attention  or improvement.  If in the future  we identify  other material  weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting,
including at some of our acquired companies, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control
over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock
could  be  negatively  affected,  and  we  could  become  subject  to  investigations  by  the  stock  exchange  on  which  our  securities  are  then  listed,  the  SEC,  or  other
regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence
in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, we  currently  do  not  have  an  internal  audit  group  nor  an  audit  committee  of  our  board  of  directors,  and  we  will  eventually  need  to hire
additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to have effective internal controls for
financial reporting.

We will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote

substantial time to new compliance requirements as a result of our planned uplisting to a senior exchange.

As a public company, we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. For example, as a result of our planned uplisting to a
senior exchange, we will be subject to mandatory reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which require,
among other things, that we continue to file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, that we were
not required to file as a voluntary reporting company (though we did file such reports with the SEC on a voluntary basis). We have incurred and will continue to
incur costs associated with the preparation and filing of these SEC reports. Furthermore, after our planned uplisting to a senior exchange, we will be subject to
mandatory new corporate governance and other compliance requirements. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the
SEC,  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”)  and  national  stock  exchanges  have  imposed  various  other
requirements on public companies. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory
reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact (in ways we cannot currently
anticipate)  the  manner  in  which  we  operate  our  business.  Our  management  and  other  personnel  will  need  to  devote  a  substantial  amount  of  time  to  these
compliance  initiatives.  Moreover,  these  rules  and  regulations  have  and  will  continue  to  increase  our  legal  and  financial  compliance  costs  and  will  make  some
activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we will incur additional expense to increase our director and officer liability insurance.

In addition, if and when we cease to be a smaller reporting company and become subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required
to furnish an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with
Section 404 within the prescribed time period, we will continue to be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting,
which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to dedicate substantially greater internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and
adopt  a  detailed  work  plan  to  assess  and  document  the  adequacy  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  continue  steps  to  improve  control  processes  as
appropriate,  validate  through  testing  that  controls  are  functioning  as  documented  and  implement  a  continuous  reporting  and  improvement  process  for  internal
control  over  financial  reporting.  Despite  our  efforts,  there  is  a  risk  that  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  when  required,  will  not  be  able  to
conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse
reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We heavily depend on relationships with our Content Providers and other Industry Stakeholders and adverse changes in these relationships, could

adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is particularly dependent upon personal relationships, as executives within entertainment companies such as ours leverage their network of
relationships with  Content  Providers  and  other  Industry  Stakeholders  to  secure  the  rights  to  their  content  and  develop  other  partnerships  that  are  critical  to  our
success. Due to the importance of those industry contacts, the loss of any of these relationships, and adverse changes in these relationships could adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations. We can give no assurance that all or any of these Content Providers or other Industry Stakeholders will
retain their associations with us or our executives, directors, employees or other individual service providers. Additionally, to the extent the decision makers of our
music partners are replaced with individuals with whom our executives, directors or other key personnel do not have relationships, our competitive position and
financial condition could be harmed.

We  rely  on  key  members  of  management,  particularly  our  Executive  Chairman  and  President,  Mr.  Robert  Ellin,  and  the  loss  of  their  services  or

investor confidence in them could adversely affect our success, development and financial condition.

Our success depends, to a large degree, upon certain key members of our management, particularly our Executive Chairman and President, Mr. Robert
Ellin. Mr. Ellin has extensive  knowledge about our business and our operations,  and the loss of Mr. Ellin or any other key member  of our management would
likely have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. We do not currently maintain a key-person insurance policy for Mr. Ellin or any other member
of our management. Our executive team’s expertise and experience in acquiring, integrating and growing businesses, particularly those focused on live music and
events,  have  been  and  will  continue  to  be  a  significant  factor  in  our  growth  and  ability  to  execute  our  business  strategy.  While  we  currently  do  not  have  an
employment agreement with Mr. Ellin, we plan to enter into an employment agreement with him prior to the completion of the Public Offering. The loss of any of
our executive officers could slow the growth of our business or have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to attract qualified personnel.

Our ability to expand operations to accommodate our anticipated growth will depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. However,
competition for the types of employees we seek is intense. We face particular challenges in recruiting and retaining personnel who have experience in software
engineering, mobile application development and other technical expertise, particularly those focused on live music and events, which is critical to our initiatives.
Our ability to meet our business development objectives will depend in part on our ability to recruit, train and retain top quality personnel with advanced skills who
understand our technology and business. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to attract qualified personnel to execute our business strategies or
develop and expand our online properties. If we are unable to engage and retain the necessary personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, we expect to retain the existing managers and executives of certain companies we acquire to have them continue managing and operating
the  acquired  business.  We  believe  that  these  individuals  will  have  the  market  expertise  and  network  of  personal  relationships  to  best  implement  the  growth
strategies of the acquired businesses. If we are unable to retain the key personnel of the acquired businesses, we may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits
and synergies of an acquisition.

Our Executive Chairman and President has divided responsibilities and is not required to devote any specified amount of time to our business.

Our Executive Chairman and President, Mr. Ellin, is also the Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Trinad Capital Master Fund, Ltd. (“Trinad
Capital”).  Trinad  Capital  is  our  principal  stockholder  and  a  hedge  fund  dedicated  to  investing  in  micro-cap  public  companies.  We  do  not  currently  have  an
employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Ellin,  but  we  intend  to  enter  into  an  employment  agreement  with  him  prior  to  the  completion  of  the  Public  Offering.  Such
employment agreement with Mr. Ellin will likely require that he devote his time, attention, energy, knowledge, best professional efforts and skills to the duties
assigned  to  him  by  us,  but  he  would  continue  to  be  permitted  to  pursue  other  professional  endeavors  and  investments  that  do  not  violate  the  terms  of  his
employment agreement, including provisions relative to non-competition and non-solicitation. Such employment agreement would likely expressly permit him to
engage  in  certain  listed  endeavors  and  investments.  Importantly,  we expect  that  Mr.  Ellin’s  employment  agreement  will  not require him to devote any specific
amount of time to our Company. Accordingly, it is possible that Mr. Ellin will fail to devote the necessary time to us.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
We  engage  a  number  of  consultants  to  work  for  us;  if  we  are  deemed  to  be  delinquent  in  our  payroll  taxes  or  incur  other  employment-related

liabilities with respect to those consultants, we and our management team could incur significant liabilities.

We engage a number of consultants to work for us in various aspects of our business. Although we do not believe that such persons are our employees, if
applicable government agencies determine that they should be classified as employees, we would be delinquent with respect to the deposit of required payroll tax
withholdings and related employer taxes and other employment obligations. In addition to the taxes that we would be required to pay if we were required to remit
payroll taxes for our consultants, and the payments that we would be required to make for other employment-related obligations, our operations would be severely
disrupted and individual officers or members of our board of directors could be personally liable for certain of any assessments made. A government entity could
potentially shut down our operations until such time as the payroll taxes were brought current. Such a shutdown could effectively push us into bankruptcy and an
investor could lose all his or her investment in us.

Unfavorable outcomes in legal proceedings may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Our results may be affected by the outcome of future litigation. Unfavorable rulings in our legal proceedings may have a negative impact on us that may
be greater or smaller depending on the nature of the rulings. In addition, from time to time in the future we may be subject to various claims, investigations, legal
and  administrative  cases  and  proceedings  (whether  civil  or  criminal)  or  lawsuits  by  governmental  agencies  or  private  parties,  including  as  described  in  the
immediately preceding risk factor. If the results of these investigations, proceedings or suits are unfavorable to us or if we are unable to successfully defend against
third-party lawsuits, we may be required to pay monetary damages or may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions or other censure that could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we adequately address the issues raised by an investigation or proceeding or
successfully defend a third-party lawsuit or counterclaim, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources to address these issues, which
could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations will vary from month to month, so our financial performance in certain quarters may not be indicative of, or comparable to,

our financial performance in other quarters.

Our results of operations will vary from month to month, and this may impact our results of operations from quarter to quarter. We believe our financial
results and cash needs may vary materially from quarter to quarter depending on, among other things, the timing of festivals and events, cancellations, ticket on-
sales, capital expenditures, seasonal and other fluctuations in our business activity, the timing of guaranteed payments and receipt of ticket sales and fees, financing
activities, acquisitions and investments and receivables management. Accordingly, our results for any particular quarter may vary for a number of reasons, and we
caution investors to evaluate our quarterly results in light of these factors.

Risks Related to Technology and Intellectual Property

We  will  rely  heavily  on  technology  to  stream  content  and  manage  other  aspects  of  our  operations,  and  the  failure  of  this  technology  to  operate

effectively could adversely affect our business.

We utilize a combination of proprietary and third-party technology. Our business will be substantially dependent on the LXL App, which will include live
video streaming, VoD, push notifications, festival-, venue- and original content-specific functionality, Google Ads capability, digital rights management (e.g., geo-
blocking), and the capability to display time-shifted content and enhanced function. We cannot be sure that the LXL App when launched, or any enhancements or
other  modifications  we  make  in  the  future,  will  perform  as  intended  or  otherwise  be  of  value  to  our  users.  Future  enhancements  and  modifications  to  our
technology could consume considerable resources. If we are unable to successfully develop, maintain and enhance our technology to manage the streaming of live
events in a timely and efficient manner, our ability to attract and retain users may be impaired. In addition, if our technology or that of third-parties we utilize in
our operations fails or otherwise operates improperly, our ability to attract and retain users may be impaired. Also, any harm to our users’ personal computers or
mobile devices caused by software used in our operations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

We may be unable to detect unauthorized use of, or otherwise sufficiently protect, our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of laws and
contractual restrictions with employees, individual service providers, users, artists, suppliers and others content licensors and Content Providers to establish and
protect  these  proprietary  rights.  Despite  these  precautions,  it  may  be  possible  for  a  third-party  to  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use  proprietary  information,
trademarks, or copyrighted material without authorization which, if discovered, might require legal action to correct. Furthermore, our recently acquired assets and
the  assets  we  may  acquire  in  connection  with  any  future  acquisitions  (including  brand  names  and  trademark  rights),  may  have  been  improperly  adopted  or
inadequately protected prior to our acquisitions of them. This could include failures to obtain assignments of ownership or confidentiality agreements from third
parties,  failures to clear use of trademarks,  or other failures to protect trademarks  and other proprietary rights.  In addition, third parties may independently and
lawfully develop similar intellectual property or duplicate our services.

We  will  apply  to  register,  or  secure  by  contract  when  appropriate,  our  trademarks  and  service  marks  as  they  are  developed  and  used  and  reserve  and
register domain names as we deem appropriate. While we intend to vigorously protect our trademarks, service marks and domain names as we deem appropriate,
effective trademark protection may not be available or may not be sought in every country in which we operate, and contractual disputes may affect the use of
marks governed by private contract. Similarly, not every variation of a domain name may be available or be registered, even if available. Our failure to protect our
intellectual property rights in a meaningful manner or challenges to related contractual rights could result in the erosion of brand names or the loss of rights to our
owned or licensed marks and limit our ability to control marketing on or through the internet using our various domain names or otherwise, which could adversely
affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the loss of, or inability to otherwise obtain, rights to use third-party trademarks and
service marks, including the loss of exclusive rights to use third-party trademarks in territories where we present festivals, could adversely affect our business or
otherwise result in competitive harm.

We may be accused of infringing upon intellectual property rights of third parties.

From time to time, we have been and may be in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of
alleged  infringement  and  other  violations  of  the  trademarks,  copyrights,  patents  and  other  intellectual  property  or  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties.  The  legal
proceedings  and  claims  include  notices  provided  to  us  by  content  owners  of  users’  violation  of  the  Digital  Millennium  Copyright  Act,  which  obligate  us  to
investigate and remove infringing user content from our website.

Music  contained  within  content  we  distribute  may  require  us  to  obtain  licenses  for  such  distribution.  In  this  regard,  we  will  engage  with  collection
management organizations (“CMOs”) that hold certain rights to music interests in connection with streaming content into various territories. If we are unable to
reach mutually acceptable terms with these organizations, we could become involved in litigation and/or could be enjoined from distributing certain content, which
could adversely impact our business. Additionally, pending and ongoing litigation as well as negotiations between certain CMOs and other third parties in various
territories  could  adversely  impact  our  negotiations  with  CMOs, or result  in music  publishers  represented  by certain  CMOs unilaterally  withdrawing  rights,  and
thereby  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  reach  licensing  agreements  reasonably  acceptable  to  us.  Failure  to  reach  such  licensing  agreements  could  expose  us  to
potential liability for copyright infringement or otherwise increase our costs.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
We also face a risk that content licensors may bring claims for copyright infringement or breach of contract if our users exceed the scope of the content
licenses. Certain live performance content may involve remixing and sampling of others’ music, and if our content license agreements do not grant us or our users
sufficient use rights, or if we facilitate the performance of music for which we do not have a license, our distribution of such content could expose us to claims of
copyright infringement. Due to the nature of our business, we could be accused of infringing on the copyrights of Content Providers or other rights holders, or such
persons could attempt to prevent us from otherwise making certain content available to our users.

We may not be able to successfully defend against such claims, which may result in a limitation on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to
these claims and also might require us to enter into settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards or face an injunction prohibiting us from using the
affected intellectual property in connection with our services. Defending ourselves against intellectual property claims, whether they are with or without merit or
are determined in our favor, results in costly litigation and may divert the attention of our management and technical personnel from the rest of our business.

Our live music streaming network uses open source software, and we license  some of our software through open source projects, which may pose

particular risks to our proprietary software, products, and services in a manner that could have a negative effect on our business.

We use open source software in connection with our website and our live music streaming network and may use open source software in the future. The
terms of many  open  source  licenses  to  which  we  are  subject  have  not  been  interpreted  by  U.S.  or  foreign  courts,  and  there  is  a  risk  that  open source software
licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our products or services. Some
open source software licenses require users who distribute open source software as part of their own software product to publicly disclose all or part of the source
code to such software product or make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Additionally, we may from time
to time face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such
software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could
result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated products or
services unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development
resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to
greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. Any of
these  risks  could  be  difficult  to  eliminate  or  manage,  and,  if  not  addressed,  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations. While we have assessed the use of open source software on our website to ensure that we have not used open source software in a manner that would
require  us  to  disclose  the  source  code  to  the  related  technology,  use  requiring  such  disclosure  could  inadvertently  occur  and  any  requirement  to  disclose  our
proprietary source code could be harmful to us.

Changes in how network operators handle and charge for access to data that travel across their networks could adversely impact our business.

We will rely upon the ability of consumers to access our service through the internet. To the extent that network operators implement usage based pricing,
including meaningful bandwidth caps, or otherwise try to monetize access to their networks by data providers, we could incur greater operating expenses and our
subscriber acquisition and retention could be negatively impacted. For example, in late 2010, Comcast informed Level 3 Communications that it would require
Level 3 to pay for the ability to access Comcast’s network. Furthermore, to the extent network operators were to create tiers of internet access service and either
charge us for or prohibit us from being available through these tiers, our business could be negatively impacted.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Most network operators that provide consumers with access to the internet also provide these consumers with multichannel video programming. As such,
companies like Comcast, Charter Spectrum and Cablevision have an incentive to use their network infrastructure in a manner adverse to our continued growth and
success. For example, Comcast exempted certain of its own internet video traffic (e.g., Streampix videos to the Xbox 360) from a bandwidth cap that applies to all
unaffiliated internet video traffic (e.g., Netflix videos to the Xbox 360).While we believe that consumer demand, regulatory oversight and competition will help
check  these  incentives,  to  the  extent  that  network  operators  are  able  to  provide  preferential  treatment  to  their  data  as  opposed  to  ours  or  otherwise  implement
discriminatory  network  management  practices,  our  business  could  be  negatively  impacted.  In  international  markets,  especially  in  Latin  America,  these  same
incentives apply; however, the consumer demand, regulatory oversight and competition may not be as strong as in our domestic market.

The success of our business and operations depends, in part, on the integrity of our systems and infrastructures, as well as affiliate and third-party
computer systems, wifi and other communication systems. System interruption and the lack of integration and redundancy in these systems and infrastructures
may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

System  interruption  and  the  lack  of  integration  and  redundancy  in  the  information  systems  and  infrastructures,  both  of  our  own  systems  and  other
computer systems and of affiliate and third-party software, wifi and other communications systems service providers on which we rely, may adversely affect our
ability  to  operate  websites,  process  and  fulfill  transactions,  respond  to  user  inquiries  and  generally  maintain  cost-efficient  operations.  Such  interruptions  could
occur by virtue of natural disaster, malicious actions such as hacking or acts of terrorism or war, or human error. In addition, the loss of some or all of certain key
personnel could require us to expend additional resources to continue to maintain our software and systems and could subject us to systems interruptions.

Although we maintain up to date information technology systems and network infrastructures for the operation of our businesses, techniques used to gain

unauthorized access to private networks are constantly evolving, and we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to our systems and data.

Privacy concerns could limit our ability to leverage our subscriber data and compliance with privacy regulations could result in significant expense.

In the ordinary course of business and in particular in connection with merchandising our service to our users, we collect and utilize data supplied by our
users.  We  currently  face  certain  legal  obligations  regarding  the  manner  in  which  we  treat  such  information.  Other  businesses  have  been  criticized  by  privacy
groups and governmental bodies for attempts to link personal identities and other information to data collected on the internet regarding users’ browsing and other
habits. Increased regulation of data utilization practices, including self-regulation or findings under existing laws, that limit our ability to use collected data, could
have an adverse effect on our business. As our business evolves and as we expand internationally, we may become subject to additional and/or more stringent legal
obligations concerning our treatment of customer information, and to the extent that we need to alter our business model or practices to adapt to these obligations,
we could incur significant expenses.

In addition, we cannot fully control the actions of third parties who may have access to the user data we collect and the user data collected by our third-
party vendors. We may be unable to monitor or control such third parties and the third parties having access to our website in their compliance with the terms of
our  privacy  policies,  terms  of  use,  and  other  applicable  contracts,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  prevent  unauthorized  access  to,  or  use  or  disclosure  of,  user
information. Any such misuse could hinder or prevent our efforts with respect to growth opportunities and could expose us to liability or otherwise adversely affect
our business. In addition, these third parties may become the victim of security breaches or have practices that may result in a breach, and we could be responsible
for those third-party acts or failures to act.

Any  failure,  or  perceived  failure,  by  us  or  the  prior  owners  of  acquired  businesses  to  maintain  the  privacy  of  data  relating  to  our  users  (including
disclosing  data  in  a  manner  that  was  objectionable  to  our  users),  to  comply  with  our  posted  privacy  policies,  our  predecessors’  posted  policies,  laws  and
regulations,  rules  of  self-regulatory  organizations,  industry  standards  and  contractual  provisions  to  which  we  or  they  may  be  bound,  could  result  in  the  loss  of
confidence in us, or result in actions against us by governmental entities or others, all of which could result in litigation and financial losses, and could potentially
cause us to lose users, advertisers, revenue and employees.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Our  reputation  and  relationships  with  subscribers  would  be  harmed  if  our  subscriber  data,  particularly  billing  data,  were  to  be  accessed  by

unauthorized persons.

We will maintain personal data regarding our users, including names and, in many cases, mailing addresses. With respect to billing data, such as credit
card numbers,  we  expect  to  rely  on  licensed  encryption  and  authentication  technology  to  secure  such  information.  If  we  or  our  payment  processing services
experience any unauthorized intrusion into our users’ data, current and potential users may become unwilling to provide the information to us necessary for them to
become subscribers, we could face legal claims, and our business could be adversely affected. Similarly, if a well-publicized breach of the consumer data security
of any other major consumer website were to occur, there could be a general public loss of confidence in the use of the internet for commerce transactions which
could adversely affect our business.

In addition, we do not plan to obtain signatures from subscribers in connection with the use of credit and debit cards (together, “payment cards”) by them.
Under current payment card practices, to the extent we do not obtain cardholders’ signatures, we will be liable for fraudulent payment card transactions, even when
the associated financial institution approves payment of the orders. From time to time, fraudulent payment cards may be used on our website to obtain service.
Typically, these payment cards will not have been registered as stolen and therefore will not be rejected by any automatic authorization safeguards. We do not
currently carry insurance against the risk of fraudulent credit card transactions. A failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions would harm our
business and results of operations.

Regulatory  and  business  practice  developments  relating  to  personal  information  of  our  users  and/or  failure  to  adequately  protect  the  personal

information of our users may adversely affect our business.

The businesses we have acquired or intend to acquire in the future maintain, or have arrangements with third parties who maintain, information on users
who purchase tickets and other products electronically through their individual websites or otherwise register on the website for access to the content provided. We
are  in  the  process  of  evaluating  the  information  collected  to  understand  if  we  can  aggregate  and  reuse  the  contact  information  to  inform  these  individuals  of
upcoming events, offerings and other products and services that we believe enhance the fan experience. Data protection laws and regulation may impair our ability
to use these data in such ways, as certain uses may be prohibited. The use of such user information is an important component of our growth strategy in the future.
The collection, storage and use of user information is subject to regulation in many jurisdictions, including the United States  and the European Union, and this
regulation  is  becoming  more  prevalent  and  stringent.  Further,  there  is  a  risk  that  data  protection  regulators  may  seek  jurisdiction  over  our  activities  even  in
locations  in  which  we  do  not  have  an  operating  entity.  This  may  arise  in  a  number  of  ways,  either  because  we  are  conducting  direct  marketing  activities  in  a
particular jurisdiction and the local laws apply to and are enforceable against us, or because one of our databases is controlling the processing of information within
that jurisdiction.  We  intend  to  develop  a  comprehensive  policy  aimed  at  ensuring  adequate  protection  of  our  users’  personal  information  and  compliance  with
applicable  law.  There  is  a  risk  that  we  will  be  unable  to  successfully  adopt  and  implement  this  policy,  which  may  give  rise  to  liabilities  or  increased  costs.  In
addition, we could face liability if the third parties to which we grant access to our user data were to misuse or expose it.

In  some  countries,  the  use  of  cookies  and  other  information  placed  on  users’  internet  browsers  or  users’  computing  devices  is  currently  regulated,
regardless  of  the  information  contained  within  or  referred  to  by  the  cookie.  Specifically,  in  the  European  Union,  this  is  now  subject  to  national  laws  being
introduced  pursuant  to  the  amended  Directive  2002/58  on  Privacy  and  Electronic  Communications.  The  effect  of  these  measures  may  require  users  to  provide
explicit consent to such a cookie being used. The laws being introduced pursuant to this measure are not finalized in every European Member State, and we have
not determined what effect this could have on our business when we place the cookie on the user’s computer or when a third-party does so. The effect may be to
limit the amount of information we receive in relation to each use of the service and/or to limit our ability to link this information to a unique identity, which could
adversely affect our business and financial condition.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
In  the  United  States,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  (“FTC”)  is  starting  to  exercise  greater  authority  over  how  online  consumer  data  is  collected  and
maintained by businesses. Prompted by the FTC’s recommendation regarding online tracking, a number of federal legislative proposals have been introduced that
would allow users to opt out of online monitoring. A number of states have passed similar legislation and some states are becoming more active in enforcing these
laws to protect consumers.

The laws in this area are complex and developing rapidly. For instance, on April 14, 2016, the EU General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) was
adopted  within  Europe  and  will  become  effective  on  May  25,  2018.  The  primary  objectives  of  the  GDPR  are  to  give  citizens  of  the  European  Union back  the
control of their personal data and to simplify the regulatory environment for international business by unifying the regulation within the European Union. We have
not yet assessed the full effect of the GDPR. There is a risk that internet browsers, operating systems, or other applications might be modified by their developers
in  response  to  this  regulation  to  limit  or  block  our  ability  to  access  information  about  our  users.  It  is  possible  that  existing  or future  regulations  could make  it
difficult or impossible for us to collect or use our user information in the way we would like which would impede our growth strategy and potentially reduce the
revenue we hope to generate. It is also possible that we could be found to have violated regulations relating to user data, which could result in us being sanctioned,
suffering fines or other punishment, being restricted in our activities and/or suffering reputational harm. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business
and financial results.

We are subject to governmental regulation, which may change from to time, and our failure to comply with these regulations could adversely affect

our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  operations  are  subject  to  federal,  state  and  local  laws,  statutes,  rules,  regulations,  policies  and  procedures,  both  domestically  and  internationally,
which  may  change  from  time  to  time.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  fines  and  proceedings  against  us by  governmental
agencies and consumers, which if material, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the promulgation of new
laws, rules and regulations could restrict or unfavorably impact our business, which could decrease demand for services, reduce revenue, increase costs and subject
us to additional liabilities. From time to time, federal, state and local authorities and consumers commence investigations, inquiries or litigation with respect to our
compliance with applicable consumer protection, advertising, unfair business practice, antitrust (and similar or related laws) and other laws. We may be required to
incur significant legal expenses in connection with the defense of future governmental investigations and litigation.

Changes in laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the internet, including laws impacting net neutrality, could decrease
the demand for our service and increase our cost of doing business. See “— Changes in how network operators handle and charge for access to data that travel
across their networks could adversely impact our business.” Certain laws intended to prevent network operators from discriminating against the legal traffic that
traverse their networks have been implemented in many countries, including the United States and the European Union. In others, the laws may be nascent or non-
existent.  Given  uncertainty  around  these  rules,  including  changing  interpretations,  amendments  or  repeal,  coupled  with  potentially  significant  political  and
economic  power  of  local  network  operators,  we  could  experience  discriminatory  or  anti-competitive  practices  that  could  impede  our  growth,  cause  us to incur
additional expense or otherwise negatively affect our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the public offering price and you

could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock after the Public Offering may be volatile. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a

variety of factors, including the following:

●

●

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

actions  of  securities  analysts  who  initiate  or  maintain  coverage  of  us,  changes  in  financial  estimates  by  any  securities  analysts  who  follow  our
company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

issuance of our equity or debt securities, or disclosure or announcements relating thereto;

additional shares of our common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders or the anticipation of such sales;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant events or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or
capital commitments;

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition , the stock market in general, and the OTC Pink marketplace in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have
often  been unrelated  or  disproportionate  to the  operating  performance  of these  companies.  Broad market  and industry  factors  may  negatively  affect  the market
price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

Our  Executive  Chairman  and  President  and  stockholders  affiliated  with  him  own  a  significant  percentage  of  our  stock  and  will  be  able  to  exert

significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of June 9, 2017, Mr. Ellin, our Executive Chairman and President, and stockholders affiliated with him beneficially owned approximately 41.9% of
our common stock. Even after the Public Offering, Mr. Ellin and stockholders affiliated with him may have the ability to influence us through their ownership
positions. Mr. Ellin and these stockholders may be able to determine or significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, Mr. Ellin
and these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control or significantly influence elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or
approval of any merger, sale of  assets,  or  other  major  corporate  transaction.  This  may  prevent  or  discourage  unsolicited  acquisition  proposals  or  offers  for  our
common stock that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plan, could result in

additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by
issuing equity and/or convertible securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity
securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity
securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing
stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders.

Pursuant  to  our  2016  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2016  Plan”),  there  are  22,800,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  reserved  for  future  issuance  to our
employees, directors and consultants. If our board of directors elects to issue restricted stock, stock options and/or other equity-based awards under the 2016 Plan,
our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

A limited public trading market may cause volatility in the price of our common stock.

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Pink marketplace. We plan to apply for the listing of our common stock on a national stock exchange,
and the closing of the Public Offering is contingent upon the successful listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange. If we fail to maintain the
listing of our common stock on a national stock exchange, our common stock will continue to be quoted on one of the OTC marketplaces. The quotation of our
common stock on the OTC marketplace does not assure that a meaningful, consistent and liquid trading market currently exists, and in recent years such market
has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of many smaller companies like us. Our common stock is
subject to this volatility. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales might occur, could adversely affect prevailing market
prices of our common stock and our stock price may decline substantially in a short time and our stockholders could suffer losses or be unable to liquidate their
holdings. Because our common stock does not trade on a national securities exchange, our common stock is subject to the securities laws of the various states and
jurisdictions of the United States in addition to federal securities law. While we have qualified for exemptions from registering our common stock in one or more
states, if we fail to do so in other states, the investors in those states where we have not taken such steps may not be allowed to purchase our common stock or
those who presently hold our common stock may not be able to resell their shares without substantial effort and expense.  These restrictions and potential costs
could be significant burdens on our stockholders.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
If we are not able to comply with the applicable continued listing requirements or standards of a national stock exchange on which we plan to list,

such exchange could delist our common stock.

We plan to list our common stock on a national stock exchange in connection with the closing of the Public Offering. In order to maintain that listing, we
must  satisfy  minimum  financial  and  other  continued  listing  requirements  and  standards,  including  those  regarding  director  independence  and  independent
committee requirements, minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price, and certain corporate governance requirements. There can be no assurances that we
will be able to comply with the applicable listing standards.

In the event that our common stock is delisted from such national stock exchange and is not eligible to be listed on another national securities exchange,
trading of our common stock could be conducted in the over-the-counter market or on an electronic bulletin board established for unlisted securities such as the
OTC Pink marketplace. In such event, it could become more difficult to dispose of, or obtain accurate price quotations for, our common stock, and there would
likely also be a reduction in our coverage by securities analysts and the news media, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline further. Also, it
may be difficult for us to raise additional capital if we are not listed on a major exchange.

If securities or industry analysts publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline.

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  will  depend  in  part  on  the  research  and  reports  that  securities  or  industry  analysts  publish  about  us  or  our
business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common
stock price would likely decline.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Section  382 (“Section  382”)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  “Code”),  contains  rules  that  limit  the  ability  of  a  company  that
undergoes an ownership change to utilize its net operating losses (“NOLs”) and tax credits existing as of the date of such ownership change. Under the rules, such
an ownership change is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of a company’s stock within a rolling three-year period. The rules generally operate
by focusing on changes in ownership among stockholders considered by the rules as owning, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the stock of a company and any
change in ownership arising from new issuances of stock by the company. As a result of this Section 382 limitation, any ownership changes as defined by Section
382 may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset future taxable income.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development,
operation  and  expansion  of  our  business  and  do  not  anticipate  declaring  or  paying  any  cash  dividends  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Additionally,  any  credit  and
security agreement that we may enter into in the future will likely contain covenants that will restrict our ability to pay dividends. Any return to stockholders will
therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions in our current Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and provisions under Nevada law, and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to
be  in  effect  upon  the  completion  of  the  Public  Offering,  and  provisions  under  Delaware  law  expected  to  be  applicable  before  the completion  of the Public
Offering, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, and
may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Some provisions of our current charter documents and our charter documents to be in effect upon the completion of this offering may have anti-takeover
effects  that  could  discourage  an  acquisition  of  us  by  others,  even  if  an  acquisition  would  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders,  and  may  prevent  attempts  by  our
stockholders to replace or remove our current management. These provisions include: authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which
may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval; and establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to
the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings. Furthermore, Section 78.139 of the Nevada Revised Statutes also
provides that directors may resist a change or potential change in control if the directors, by majority vote of a quorum, determine that the change is opposed to, or
not in, the best interests of the corporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for

stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

In addition, following our reincorporation in Delaware, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(“Section 203”) regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with
an interested stockholder (generally, any entity, person or group b eneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the company) for a period of
three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

●

●

●

prior to  the  date  of  the  transaction,  the  board  of  directors  of  the  corporation  approved  either  the  business  combination  or  the  transaction  which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85%
of the voting stock of the corporation  outstanding at the time  the transaction  commenced,  excluding  for purposes of determining  the voting stock
outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers
and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders,  and  not  by  written  consent,  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  66  2/3%  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  which  is  not  owned  by  the
interested stockholder.

This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders.

As a smaller reporting c ompany, we are subject to scaled disclosure requirements that may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our

results of operations and financial prospects.

As  a  “smaller  reporting  company,”  we  (i)  are  able  to  provide  simplified  executive  compensation  disclosures  in  our  filings,  (ii)  are  exempt  from the
provisions  of  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requiring  that  independent  registered  public  accounting  firms  provide  an  attestation  report  on  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and (iii) have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in our filings with the SEC, including being
required to provide only two years of audited financial statements in annual reports. Consequently, it may be more challenging for investors to analyze our results
of operations and financial prospects.

38

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
We will remain a smaller reporting company until the beginning of a fiscal year in which we had a public float of $75 million held by non-affiliates as of
the  last  business  day  of  the  second  quarter  of  the  prior  fiscal  year,  assuming  our  common  stock  is  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Exchange  Act  on  the
applicable evaluation date. As a result of the Public Offering, we expect to not qualify as a smaller reporting company for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018.

The
risks
above
do
not
necessarily
comprise
of
all
those
associated
with
an
investment
in
our
Company.
This
Annual
Report
contains
forward
looking
statements
that
involve
unknown
risks,
uncertainties
and
other
factors
that
may
cause
our
actual
results,
financial
condition,
performance
or
achievements
to
be
materially
different
from
any
future
results,
performance
or
achievements
expressed
or
implied
by
such
forward
looking
statements.
Factors
that
might
cause
such
a
difference
include,
but
are
not
limited
to,
those
set
out
above.

***

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.

Item 2. 

Properties 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2017  we  subleased  office  space  from  Trinad  Management  for  no  cost  to  us  as  part  of  our  Management
Agreement  with  Trinad  Management.  We  estimate  such  amounts  to  be  immaterial.  We  anticipate  continuing  to  sublease  such  space  at  no  cost  to  us  for  the
foreseeable future. We believe that such property is in good condition and is suitable for the conduct of our business. We currently have no policy with respect to
investments or interests in real estate, real estate mortgages or securities of, or interests in, persons primarily engaged in real estate activities.

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation

is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm business.

On March 3, 2016, Blink TV Limited and Northstar Media, Inc. (collectively,  “Plaintiffs”) filed a claim in the Los Angeles County Superior Court of
California against Loton and LXL, alleging breaches of two different license agreements for the live-streaming rights to “Bestival,” an annual music festival which
takes place on the Isle of Wight in England. LXL and Loton demurred to the complaint on May 10, 2016, and, prior to the hearing on the demurrer, Plaintiffs
amended their complaint. The amended complaint no longer states a claim against Loton and only states a single cause of action against LXL for the alleged breach
of a single license agreement. Plaintiffs are seeking $300,000 in damages.

To date, LXL has vigorously contested Plaintiffs’ claims. In doing so, LXL filed a cross-complaint against Plaintiffs for breach of contract and breach of
the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, on December 23, 2016. On May 11, 2017 the parties agreed to a mediation currently scheduled for June 2017,
and trial date is set for March 2018.

We  are  currently  not  aware  of  any  other  pending  legal  proceedings.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  become  involved  in  various  lawsuits  and  legal
proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. An adverse result in these or other matters may have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information

PART II

Our common stock has been quoted on the OTC Pink marketplace under the symbol “LIVX” since July 24, 2015. Prior to that, our common stock was
eligible for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “LTNR,” but a trading market did not develop. There has been minimal reported trading to date in
our  common  stock.  The  following  table  sets  forth  the  high  and  low  closing  prices  for  our  common  stock  for  the  periods  indicated.  The  prices  set  forth  below
represent inter-dealer quotations, without adjustment for retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not represent the prices of actual transactions. All
stock prices included in the following table are adjusted for the 2-for-1 forward split of our common stock in the form of a dividend effected on September 27,
2016.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015
Quarter ended June 30, 2014 (1)
Quarter ended September 30, 2014 (1)
Quarter ended December 31, 2014 (1)
Quarter ended March 31, 2015 (1)

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2016
Quarter ended June 30, 2015 (1)
Quarter ended September 30, 2015
Quarter ended December 31, 2015
Quarter ended March 31, 2016

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2017
Quarter ended June 30, 2016 (1)
Quarter ended September 30, 2016
Quarter ended December 31, 2016
Quarter ended March 31, 2017 (1)

(1)      No trades were reported during the periods indicated.

Number of Holders

High

Low

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

n/a  $
n/a  $
n/a  $
n/a  $

n/a  $
2.98  $
4.45  $
5.00  $

n/a  $
5.20  $
20.00  $
n/a  $

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
2.35
2.73
2.50

n/a
5.00
5.20
n/a

As of June 9, 2017, there were  307 stockholders  of record  of our common  stock, which excludes  stockholders  whose shares were held in nominee or
street name  by brokers.  The actual  number  of common  stockholders  is  greater  than the  number  of  record  holders  and  includes  stockholders  who are beneficial
owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares
may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividends

We  have  not  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  to  date  and  do  not  anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  in  the
foreseeable future. We intend to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. Any determination to pay  cash dividends in the
future  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  results  of  operations,  cash  requirements,  financial  condition,  contractual
restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities  

Other than as set forth below and as disclosed in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K, there have been no other

sales or issuances of unregistered securities since April 1, 2016 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Issuance
of
Shares
and
Warrants

During the fiscal  quarter  ended March  31, 2017, we issued an aggregate  of 2,308,038 shares  of our common stock to investors  in consideration  of an

aggregate of $21,705 as a result of the exercise of 2,308,038 warrants at exercise prices between $0.005 and $0.010 per share.

On April 5, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 535,000 shares of our common stock to investors in consideration of an aggregate of $5,350 as a result of the

exercise of 535,000 warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

On May 3, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 275,000 shares of our common stock to investors in consideration of an aggregate of $2,750 as a result of the

exercise of 275,000 warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

On May 4, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 37,500 shares of our common stock to investors in consideration of an aggregate of $375 as a result of the

exercise of 37,500 warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

On May 24, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 100,000 shares of our common stock to investors in consideration of an aggregate of $1,000 as a result of the

exercise of 100,000 warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

Issuance
of
Promissory
Notes
to
Related
Parties

On February 21, 2017, the Company issued a 6% unsecured note payable to Trinad Capital Master Fund to convert aggregate principal and interest of
$3,581,077  under  the  First  and Second  Senior  Notes  with  Trinad  Capital  Master  Fund. This  note  is  due March  31,  2018. If the Company raises a minimum of
$5,000,000 (excluding the amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross proceeds from an equity financing led by a reputable institutional investor in
one or more closings prior to the maturity date, the investor will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal and interest into the same equity securities
issued  in  such  equity  financing  at  75%  of  the  issuance  price  of  the  securities  issued  in  such  financing.  In  addition,  Trinad  Capital  Master  Fund  received  an
aggregate of 1,790,538 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

Issuance
of
Shares
to
Related
Parties

On January  24,  2017,  we  issued  350,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  Arthur  Indursky,  Chief  Advisor  to  Mr.  Ellin,  our  Executive  Chairman  and
President, in consideration of him providing various strategic and other consulting services to us under his consulting agreement. Arthur Indursky is the father of
Blake Indursky, our Chief Business Officer and Executive Vice President.

We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section
4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 promulgated under Regulation D under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
The  recipients  of  securities  in  each  of  these  transactions  acquired  the  securities  for  investment  only  and  not  with  a  view  to  or  for  sale  in  connection  with  any
distribution thereof. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the
Securities  Act  and  had  adequate  access,  through  employment,  business  or  other  relationships,  to  information  about  us.  The  sales  of these securities  were made
without any general solicitation or advertising.

Issuances
of
Shares
to
Employees,
Directors,
Advisors
and
Consultants

During the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 772,615 shares of our common stock valued at $1.67 per share as fees to our

employees, directors, advisors and/or consultants.

41

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


  
 
 
On April 4, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 22,500 shares of our common stock valued at $1.67 per share as fees to our employees, directors, advisors

and/or consultants.

On April 12, 2017, we issued 300,000 shares of our common stock valued at $1.67 per share as fees to an employee.

On May 3, 2017, we issued 400,000 shares of our common stock valued at $1.67 per share as fees to an employee.

On May 19, 2017, we issued 15,000 shares of our common stock valued at $1.67 per share as fees to a third party.

We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section
4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under contracts relating to compensation in
compliance  with  Rule  701.  Each  of  the  recipients  of  securities  in  any  transaction  exempt  from  registration  either  received  or  had  adequate  access,  through
employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ― Securities Authorized for Issuance

Under Equity Compensation Plans.”

Item 6. 

Selected Financial 

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward Looking Statements

You
should
read
the
following
discussion
of
our
financial
condition
and
results
of
operations
together
with
the
audited
consolidated
financial
statements
and
notes
to
the
financial
statements
included
elsewhere
in
this
Annual
Report.
The
following
discussion
and
analysis
covers
periods
prior
to
our
acquisition
of
certain
operating
assets
of
Wantickets,
and
does
not
reflect
the
impact
such
acquisition
will
have
on
us.
This
discussion
contains
forward-looking
statements
that
involve
risks
and
uncertainties.
The
forward-looking
statements
are
not
historical
facts,
but
rather
are
based
on
current
expectations,
estimates,
assumptions
and
projections
about
our
industry,
business
and
future
financial
results.
Our
actual
results
could
 differ
materially
from
the
results
contemplated
by
these
forward-
looking
statements
due
to
a
number
of
factors,
including
those
discussed
under
“Item
1A.
Risk
Factors”
and
other
sections
in
this
Annual
Report.

Business Overview

We are one of the world’s  only premium internet networks devoted to live music and music-related  video content. We intend to fill a market void by

becoming a central content, information and transaction hub for music consumers and industry stakeholders around the world.

Since  our  launch  in  2015,  we  have  sought  to  become  the  singular  online  destination  for  music  fans  to  enjoy  premium  live  performances  from  music
venues and leading music festivals around the world, as well as premium original content, artist exclusives and industry interviews. We have live streamed music
festivals such as Rock in Rio, Outside Lands Music and Arts Festival and Hangout Music Festival, and our platform has featured performances and content from
over 170 of the most popular artists in various music genres.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 


 
 
  
 
 
Our content strategy includes continuing to aggregate content from Content Providers, including live event, catalog, original, partnered and co-branded,
and curated content. Our platform engagement strategy is to build a compelling online experience for our users, anchored by a pioneering website and our LXL
App. By executing the above strategies, we are creating a platform that is dedicated to live music and has the breadth and depth of content to reach and be relevant
to a global audience of all ages.

Key Factors Affecting our Business

There have been significant changes in the music industry over the last several years. Live music, digital music streaming and online video streaming are
large and growing components of the music industry. In 2016, live music revenues exceeded $19 billion in ticket revenue, and sponsorship revenue exceeded $5
billion. In 2016, digital music streaming revenue exceeded $5 billion with over 100 million paid subscribers, which has grown from 19 million in 2012. The online
video streaming business is expected to have generated over $19 billion in revenue in 2016 and has experienced over 19% growth since 2015. The number of paid
subscribers at another online video streaming provider has grown from 33 million in 2012 to over 90 million in 2016. As physical and digital sales have declined,
the live music business now represents the majority of the industry’s revenue. We intend to grow our business by aggregating music content and converting views
to  advertising  revenue,  subscription  revenue  and  related  revenue  such  as  e-commerce.  We  expect  LXL  Studios  to  develop  original  content  and  be  a  source  of
additional revenue.

Key Operating Metrics

In connection with the management of our businesses we identify, measure and assess a variety of key metrics. The principal metrics we will use in our

business are set forth below.

Number of Viewers/Views — to assess our ability to attract advertising and sponsorship revenue and convert viewers to users, subscribers and purchasers

of related products.

Number of Subscribers — to provide insight into our recurring revenue and our success in converting users to subscribers.

Advertising Revenue — to measure success in attracting advertisers.

Hours of Content — to determine how certain content relates to viewers and conversion rate to subscribers.

Results of Operations

As of March 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $28,095,890. We anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial losses over the next 12
months. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. We will require additional capital to meet
our long-term operating requirements. We expect to raise additional capital through, among other things, the sale of equity or debt securities.

Year Ended March 31, 2017 as Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2016

Revenues
―
We  had  $225,000 in revenues  for  the fiscal  year  ended March  31, 2017, and  no revenues  for  the  fiscal  year  ended March  31, 2016.  The

revenues consisted entirely of a license fee paid to LXL for the production of a live video event.

Selling,
General
and
Administrative
Expenses
―
Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of outside services, advertising, public
relations and travel and entertainment expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 increased by $1,730,801 to
$5,349,801, as compared to $3,619,000 for the prior year, which primarily reflects an increase in operating costs incurred by us during the fiscal year ended March
31, 2017.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Management
Services,
Related
Parties
―
Management services provided by related parties consisted of management fees paid and accrued by us under
agreement with Trinad Management. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016, we incurred management fees to Trinad Management
of $360,000.

Other
Income
(Expense)
―
Other (expense) increased by $8,996,973 to $(8,764,918) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, as compared  to Other
Income of $232,055 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. Interest expense increased by $333,654 to $512,152 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, as
compared to $178,497 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. We also recorded $2,002,977 and $0 as the fair value of warrants issued in consideration of note
extension and inducement to convert, $3,248,948 and $0 as fair value of warrants and beneficial conversion features on debt conversion and $136,936 and $0 as
fair value of beneficial  conversion  features for the fiscal  year  ended March  31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Other (expense)  also  includes the loss incurred  in
connection with the sale of our 50% interest (“OCHL Interest”) in Obar Camden Holdings Limited (“OCHL”). For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 and 2016,
we  recorded  earnings  of  $132,832  and  $410,553,  respectively,  as  our  share  of  earnings  of  OCHL  through  November  24,  2016  (the  date  we  sold  our  OCHL
Interest). The decrease for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 over the same period in 2016 was due to an increase in operating costs of KOKO. We recorded a
loss of $2,790,073 and a write-off of note receivable from a related party of $213,331 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 as the result of the sale of our
OCHL Interest, as compared to $0 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017.

Net
Loss
― Net loss for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 increased by $10,502,775 to $14,249,719, as compared to $3,746,944 in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2016, which primarily reflects an increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, an increase in interest expense, the cost of warrants
and beneficial features related to certain convertible notes and a loss incurred by us in connection with the sale of our OCHL Interest.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As  of  March  31,  2017,  we  had  total  assets  of  $1,556,205,  comprised  primarily  of  cash  of  $1,477,229,  prepayments  of  $21,569  and  net  property  and
equipment of $57,407. We sold our former principal asset, our investment in OCHL, during the year March 31, 2017, and therefore our principal asset as of March
31, 2017 was cash in the amount of $1,477,229. This compares with total assets of $5,218,308 as of March 31, 2016, comprised primarily of cash of $36,898,
prepayments of $15,995, net property and equipment of $62,569 and note receivable related party of $213,331. Our principal asset at such time, our former 50%
investment interest in OCHL, was valued at $4,889,515 as of March 31, 2016.

We had current liabilities of $4,729,689 comprised of accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $542,035, short-term note of $277,270, a shareholder
note payable of $3,603,446, current portion of unsecured convertible notes, net of discount of $67,858 and management services obligations to a related party of
$239,080, as of March 31, 2017. This compares with current liabilities of $4,877,311, comprised of accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $481,412, short-
term  note  of  $262,042  amounts  due  to  a  related  party  of  $117,124,  accrued  interest  due  to  a  related  party  of  $232,733,  note  payable  due  to  a  related  party  of
$2,784,000, and management services obligations to a related party of $1,000,000, as of March 31, 2016.

We have funded our operations primarily through the issuance of equity and/or convertible securities for cash. The cash was used primarily for payments
for festivals, cost of employees, management services, professional fees, consultants and travel. After the completion of the Public Offering, cash will primarily be
used to fund the growth of our business, including the cash portion of acquisitions, cost of increasing the management team, infrastructure costs, expenses related
to licensing new festivals, concerts and other venues, production costs for original content, marketing and promotion and technical costs.

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2017,  Trinad  Capital  advanced  to  us  $370,100  under  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Second  Senior  Note,  and  we
received $2,182,274 from the sale of our OCHL Interest. We also received $1,385,000 through issuance of eight 6% unsecured convertible notes payable during
the year ended March 31, 2017. Subsequent to the period ended March 31, 2017 the Company issued eight, 6% unsecured notes payable to investors for total cash
principal of $1,595,000, and during April 2017, we paid the remaining $250,000 outstanding under the Management Agreement with Trinad Capital, dated as of
September 23, 2011. We believe we have adequate cash resources to continue our operations through September 2017.

We depend upon debt and/or equity financing to fund our ongoing operations and to execute our business plan. If continued funding and capital resources
are  unavailable  at  reasonable  terms  we  may  curtail  our  plan  of  operations.  We  will  be  required  to  obtain  alternative  or  additional  financing  from  financial
institutions or otherwise, in order to maintain and expand our existing operations. The failure by us to obtain such financing would have a material adverse effect
upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Content Payment Commitments

Currently, we are  obligated  under  four  licenses,  production  and/or  distribution  agreements  to  make  guaranteed  payments  as  follows:  $710,000  for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2018, $515,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, and $25,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, assuming all planned
events occur in the future as anticipated and subject to certain conditions. The agreements also provide for a revenue share of 35-50% of net revenues. In addition,
there are two other agreements that provide for revenue share of 50% of net revenues, but no guaranteed payments. If the events do not occur as planned and/or we
do  not  undertake  production  of  such  events,  or  if  the  revenue  from  these  events  does  not  allow  us  to  recover  our  production  costs,  no  additional  liability  for
additional payments or promotional right will remain.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we identified certain deficiencies relating to
our internal control over financial reporting that constitute a material weakness under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. A
material  weakness is a deficiency,  or a combination of deficiencies,  in internal  control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a
material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A deficiency in internal control
exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent
or detect misstatements on a timely basis.

The following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting continued to exist at March 31, 2017:

● we do not have written documentation of our internal control policies and procedures. Written documentation of key internal controls over financial

reporting is a requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

● we do not have sufficient segregation of duties within accounting functions, which is a basic internal control. Due to our limited size and early stage
nature of operations, segregation of all conflicting duties may not always be possible and may not be economically feasible; however, to the extent
possible, the initiation of transactions, the custody of assets and the recording of transactions should be performed by separate individuals;

● lack of independent audit committee of our board of directors; and

● insufficient monitoring and review controls over the financial reporting closing process, including the lack of individuals with current knowledge of

GAAP that led to the restatement of our previously issued financial statements.

Prior to hiring Mr. Gold as our Chief Financial Officer in April 2017, we outsourced the functions of the principal financial officer on an interim basis to
assist  us  in  implementing  the  necessary  financial  controls  over  the  financial  reporting  and  the  utilization  of internal  management  and  staff  to  effectuate  these
controls. We believe that these material weaknesses primarily related, in part, to our lack of sufficient staff with appropriate training in GAAP and SEC rules and
regulations with respect to financial reporting functions, and the lack of robust accounting systems, as well as the lack of sufficient resources to hire such staff and
implement these accounting systems.

Additionally, we currently  do not have an internal  audit group nor an Audit Committee  of our board of directors,  and we will eventually  need to hire
additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to have effective internal controls for
financial reporting. We plan to take a number of actions to correct material weaknesses in our internal controls, including establishing an Audit Committee of our
board of directors comprised of three independent directors, adding experienced accounting and financial personnel and retaining third-party consultants to review
our internal controls and recommend improvements. We hired Mr. Gold as a first step in building out our accounting department.

Going Concern

Our financial statements included  elsewhere  in this Annual Report have been prepared  assuming that  we will continue  as a going concern,  and which
contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. As reflected in our consolidated financial
statements, we had a stockholders’ deficit of $3,405,692 at March 31, 2017, and incurred a net loss of $14,249,719, and utilized net cash of $3,123,169 in operating
activities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the
date that these financial statements are issued. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm in their audit report to our financial statements for the
fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2017  expressed  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Our  financial  statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should
we be unable to continue as a going concern.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Our management estimates that the current funds on hand will be sufficient to continue operations through September 30, 2017. Our ability to continue as
a going concern is dependent on our ability to execute our business strategy and in our ability to raise additional funds. Management is currently seeking additional
funds, primarily through the issuance of equity and/or debt securities for cash to operate our business, including as part of this offering. The proceeds of the Public
Offering will allow us to continue our operations without a going concern qualification, however, we can give no assurances that such offering will be completed.
Furthermore, no assurance can be given that any other future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to us. Even if
we  can  obtain  additional  financing,  it  may  contain  undue  restrictions  on  our  operations,  in  the  case  of  debt  financing,  or  cause  substantial  dilution  for  our
stockholders, in case of equity and/or convertible debt financing.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our
financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to
investors.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those most important to the portrayal of a company’s financial condition and results and that require the most
difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments.  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United
States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates that we make include
assumption as a going concern,  fair  value  of  long-lived  assets,  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  and  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  valuation  of
equity  instruments.  Estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience,  where  applicable  or  other  assumptions  that  management  believes  are  reasonable  under  the
circumstances. We have identified the policies described in Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies and Practices to our consolidated financial statements as our
critical accounting policies. However, actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Investment
in
Unconsolidated
Subsidiary
Under
the
Equity
Method

We account for investments in which we own more than 20% of the investee, using the equity method in accordance with ASC Topic 323, Investments—
Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Under the equity method, an investor initially records an investment in the stock of an investee at cost, and adjusts the carrying
amount of the investment to recognize the investor's share of the earnings or losses of the investee after the date of acquisition. The amount of the adjustment is
included  in  the  determination  of  net  income  by  the  investor,  and  such  amount  reflects  adjustments  similar  to  those  made  in  preparing  consolidated statements
including adjustments to eliminate intercompany gains and losses, and to amortize, if appropriate, any difference between investor cost and underlying equity in
net assets of the investee at the date of investment. The investment of an investor is also adjusted to reflect the investor's share of changes in the investee's capital.
Dividends received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a
decrease in value of the investment has occurred which is other than temporary and which should be recognized even though the decrease in value is in excess of
what would otherwise be recognized by application of the equity method.

Carrying
Value,
Recoverability
and
Impairment
of
Long-Lived
Assets

An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The
carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and
eventual disposition of the asset (asset group). That assessment is based on the carrying amount of the asset (asset group) at the date it is tested for recoverability.
An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) exceeds its fair value. If an impairment loss is
recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of a long-lived asset will be its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis will be depreciated
(amortized) over the remaining useful life of that asset. Restoring a previously recognized impairment loss is prohibited.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Our long-lived asset (asset group) is tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be

recoverable. We test our long-lived assets for potential impairment indicators at least annually and more frequently upon the occurrence of such events.

Stock-Based
Compensation

We periodically  issue  restricted  stock  and  warrants  to  employees  and  non-employees  in  non-capital  raising  transactions  for  services  and  for  financing
costs. We account for restricted stock and warrant grants issued and vesting to employees based on the authoritative guidance provided by FASB where the value
of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized as compensation expense on the straight-line basis over the vesting period. We account for restricted
stock  and  warrant  grants  issued  and  vesting  to  non-employees  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  of  the  FASB  where  the  value  of  the  stock
compensation is based upon the measurement date as determined at either a) the date at which a performance commitment is reached, or b) at the date at which the
necessary  performance  to  earn  the  equity  instruments  is  complete.  In  certain  circumstances  where  there  are  no  future  performance  requirements  by  the  non-
employee, restricted stock and warrants grants are immediately vested and the total stock-based compensation charge is recorded in the period of the measurement
date.

The fair value of our warrant grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model, which uses certain assumptions related to risk-
free interest rates, expected volatility, expected life of the warrants and future dividends. Compensation expense is recorded based upon the value derived from the
Black-Scholes-Merton  Option  Pricing  model,  and  based  on  actual  experience.  The  assumptions  used  in  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  Option  Pricing  model  could
materially affect compensation expense recorded in future periods. In light of the very limited trading of our common stock, market value of the shares issued was
determined based on the then most recent price per share at which we sold common stock in a private placement during the periods then ended.

Recent
Accounting
Policies

See Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies and Practices to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for our

discussion of recent accounting policies.

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

48

 
 
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Loton, Corp and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Loton, Corp and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related
consolidated statements  of  operations,  stockholders’  equity  (deficit),  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is
not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our
opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as
of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to
the consolidated financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss and utilized cash flows in operations, and at March 31, 2017 had a stockholders’ deficit.
These  conditions  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Management’s  plans  in  regard  to  these  matters  are  also
described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

WEINBERG & COMPANY, P.A.

Los Angeles, California
June 14, 2017

F- 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loton, Corp
Consolidated Balance Sheets

Assets

  March 31,

    March 31,

2017

2016

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Prepaid expense
Total Current Assets
Other Assets

Fixed assets, net
Investment in OCHL
Note receivable - related party

Total Assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Current Liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Note payable
Due to related parties
Accrued interest, related party
Note payable, shareholder
Current portion of unsecured convertible notes, net of discount
Services payable, related party

Total Current Liabilities

Unsecured convertible notes - related party, net of discount
Unsecured convertible notes, net of discount and current portion

Total Liabilities

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 103,996,974 and 91,996,976 shares issued and

outstanding, respectively

Additional paid in capital
Accumulated deficit

 Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

  $

  $

  $

1,477,229    $
21,569     
1,498,798     

57,407     
-     
-     
1,556,205    $

542,035    $
277,270     
-     
-     
3,603,446     
67,858     
239,080     
4,729,689     
11,668     
220,540     
4,961,897     

36,898 
15,995 
52,893 

62,569 
4,889,515 
213,331 
5,218,308 

481,412 
262,042 
117,124 
232,733 
2,784,000 
- 
1,000,000 
4,877,311 
- 
110,273 
4,987,584 

-     

- 

103,997     
24,586,201     
(28,095,890)    
(3,405,692)    
1,556,205    $

91,997 
13,984,898 
(13,846,171)
230,724 
5,218,308 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 2

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Loton, Corp
Consolidated Statements of Operations

Revenue

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Related party expenses

Total operating expenses

Loss from operations

Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
Other income
Fair value of warrants issued for note extension and inducement to convert
Earnings from investment in OCHL
Fair value of warrants and beneficial conversion features on debt conversion
Fair value of beneficial conversion feature
Impairment of note receivable - related party
Loss on sale of investment in OCHL
Total other income (expense)

Net loss

Net loss per share – basic and diluted

Weighted average common shares – basic and diluted

  Year Ended     Year Ended  
  March 31,

    March 31,

2017

2016

  $

225,000    $

- 

5,349,801     
360,000     
5,709,801     

3,619,000 
360,000 
3,979,000 

(5,484,801)    

(3,979,000)

(512,152)    
6,667     
(2,002,977)    
132,832     
(3,248,948)    
(136,936)    
(213,331)    
(2,790,073)    
(8,764,918)    

(178,498)
- 
- 
410,553 
- 
- 
- 
- 
232,055 

  $

(14,249,719)   $

(3,746,944)

  $

(0.15)   $

(0.04)

97,596,206     

90,082,796 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
Loton, Corp
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
For the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

Balance as of March 31, 2015 (as restated)

Shares issued for cash
Shares issued for services and advisory board
Shares issued for warrants
Debt discount
Net loss

Balance as of March 31, 2016

Shares issued for cash
Fair value of shares issued for services
Shares issued upon exercise of warrants
Shares issued upon debt conversion
Fair value of warrants and beneficial conversion features as

valuation discount

Fair value of warrants and beneficial conversion features on

debt conversion

Fair value of warrants issued for note extension and

inducement to convert

Fair value of beneficial conversion feature
Net loss

Balance as of March 31, 2017

Common stock

Stock
88,269,976    $
762,500     
1,802,000     
1,162,500     
-     
-     
91,996,976     
550,000     
1,578,720     
9,665,360     
205,918     

Amount

88,270    $
763     
1,802     
1,162     
-     
-     
91,997     
550     
1,579     
9,665     
206     

Additional
Paid in
Capital
12,414,268    $
611,737     
854,698     
4,651     
99,544     
-     
13,984,898     
1,374,450     
2,278,010     
38,458     
205,712     

    Accumulated    
Deficit
(10,099,227)   $
-     
-     
-     
-     
(3,746,944)    
(13,846,171)    
-     
-     
-     
-     

1,315,812     

3,248,948     

2,002,977     
136,936     
-     
24,586,201    $

(14,249,719)    
(28,095,890)   $

-     
103,996,974    $

-     
103,997    $

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity
(Deficit)

2,403,311 
612,500 
856,500 
5,813 
99,544 
(3,746,944)
230,724 
1,375,000 
2,279,589 
48,123 
205,918 

1,315,812 

3,248,948 

2,002,977 
136,936 
(14,249,719)
(3,405,692)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 4

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
   
 
 
 
 
Loton, Corp
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Common stock issued for services
Amortization of debt discount
Fair value for beneficial conversion feature
Fair value of warrants and beneficial conversion features on debt conversion
Fair value for warrants issued for note extension and inducement to convert
Equity in earnings of OCHL
Loss on sale of investment in OCHL
Impairment of note receivable

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 (Increase)/Decrease in prepaid expenses
 Decrease/(Increase) in accrued interest
 Decrease/(Increase) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Purchases of fixed assets
Sale of investment
Note receivable, former affiliate

Net cash provided by investing activities

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Proceeds from notes payable, related party
Repayment of note payable, related party
Proceeds from convertible notes
Repayment of convertible notes, related party
Proceeds from convertible notes, related party
Proceeds from warrant exercise
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Repayment of services payable, related party
Proceeds from loans, related party

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net Increase/(Decrease) in cash

Cash, beginning of period

Cash, end of period

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

Fair value for warrants and beneficial conversion features issued as valuation discount

Conversion of accrued interest on first and second senior notes into unsecured convertible note

Common stock issued upon conversion of note payable

  Year Ended     Year Ended  
  March 31,

    March 31,

2017

2016

  $

(14,249,719)   $

(3,746,944)

24,115     
2,279,589     
251,750     
136,936     
3,248,948     
2,002,977     
(132,832)    
2,790,073     
213,331     

6,336 
856,500 
9,817 
- 
- 
- 
(410,553)
- 
- 

(5,574)    
252,517     
64,720     
(3,123,169)    

(15,185)
15,779 
284,308 
(2,999,942)

(18,953)    
2,182,274     
-     
2,163,321     

(58,013)
- 
281,418 
223,405 

820,100     
(450,000)    
1,385,000     
(55,000)    
105,000     
48,123     
1,375,000     
(750,000)    
(78,044)    
2,400,179     

1,959,000 
- 
200,000 
- 
- 
- 
618,314 
- 
- 
2,777,314 

1,440,331     

777 

36,898     

36,121 

  $

1,477,229    $

36,898 

  $
  $
  $

1,315,814    $
430,565    $
205,918    $

- 
- 
- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
Loton, Corp
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

Note 1 – Organization, Operations and Basis of Presentation  

Business
and
Operations

Loton,  Corp  (“we,”  “our”  or  the  “Company”)  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada  on  December  28,  2009.  LiveXLive,  Corp.
(“LiveXLive”), its wholly owned subsidiary, was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 24, 2015. The Company is one of the world's
only  premium  internet  networks  devoted  to  live  music  and  music-related  video  content.  Since  LiveXLive's  launch  in  2015,  it  has  been  building  an  online
destination for music fans to enjoy premium live performances from music venues and leading music festivals around the world, such as Rock in Rio, Outside
Lands  Music  and  Arts  Festival  and  Hangout  Music  Festival,  as  well  as  premium  original  content,  artist  exclusives  and  industry  interviews.  The  LiveXLive
platform  has  featured  performances  and  content  from  some  of  the  most  popular  artists  in  various  music  genres,  including  Rihanna,  Katy  Perry,  Radiohead,
Metallica, Duran Duran, Chance The Rapper, Bruce Springsteen, Major Lazer and Maroon 5.

Forward
Stock
Split

In September 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s common stock in the form of a dividend.

All shares and per-share amounts have been restated as of the earliest period presented to reflect the stock split.

Going
Concern

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates
continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. As reflected in its consolidated financial statements, the
Company  had  a  stockholders’  deficit  of  $3,405,692  at  March  31,  2017,  incurred  a  net  loss  of  $14,249,719,  and  utilized  net  cash  of  $3,123,169  in  operating
activities for the fiscal year then ended. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the
date that the financial  statements  are issued. The Company’s consolidated  financial  statements  do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability  and
classification  of recorded  asset amounts or the amounts and classification  of liabilities  that might be necessary  should the Company be unable to continue as a
going concern.

Management  estimates  that  the  current  funds  on  hand  will  be  sufficient  to  continue  operations  through  September  2017.  The  Company’s  ability  to
continue as a going concern is dependent on its ability to execute its strategy and on its ability to raise additional funds and/or to consummate a public offering.
Management  is  currently  seeking  additional  funds,  primarily  through  the  issuance  of  equity  and/or  debt  securities  for  cash  to  operate  the  Company’s  business,
including a public offering. No assurance can be given that any future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to it.
Even if we are able to obtain additional financing, it may contain undue restrictions on its operations, in the case of debt financing or cause substantial dilution for
its stockholders, in case of equity and/or convertible debt financing. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that a public offering will be consummated.

F- 6

 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Revenue
Recognition
Policy

The Company  recognizes  revenue  from  its  live  events  and  show  productions  when  all  of  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (i)  persuasive  evidence of an
arrangement  exists,  (ii)  the  show  or  live  event  has  been  completed  and  occurred  and  there  are  no  future  production  obligations,  (iii)  the sales  price  is fixed  or
determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

Use
of
Estimates
and
Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date(s) of the financial statements
and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period(s).  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable in relation to the financial statements taken as a whole under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis
for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management regularly evaluates the key
factors  and  assumptions  used  to  develop  the  estimates  utilizing  currently  available  information,  changes  in  facts  and  circumstances,  historical  experience  and
reasonable assumptions. After such evaluations, if deemed appropriate, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant estimates include those related to assumptions used in impairment testing of long term assets, accruals for potential liabilities, assumptions made in
valuing equity  instruments  issued  for  services  and  issued  with  convertible  notes,  and  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those
estimates.

Principles
of
Consolidation

The Company’s consolidated subsidiaries and/or entities are as follows:

Name of consolidated subsidiary or entity
LiveXLive Tickets, Inc.

LXL Studios, Inc.

LiveXLive, Corp.

KOKO (Camden) Holdings (US), Inc.

State or other 
jurisdiction of 
incorporation or 
organization
Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Date of 
incorporation or 
formation 
(date of acquisition, 
if applicable)
April 24, 2017

July 15, 2016

February 24, 2015

March 17, 2014

KOKO (Camden) UK Limited

England and Wales

November 7, 2013

Attributable 
interest

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include all accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and/or entities as of reporting
period ending date(s) and for the reporting period(s) then ended, except for LiveXLive Tickets, Inc., as it was formed after March 31, 2017. All inter-Company
balances and transactions have been eliminated.

F- 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
Fair
Value
of
Financial
Instruments

The Company follows the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) for disclosures about fair value
of its financial instruments and to measure the fair value of its financial instruments. The FASB ASC establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs
to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The three levels of fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1

Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

Level 2

Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as
of the reporting date.

Level 3

Pricing inputs that are generally observable inputs and not corroborated by market data.

Financial  assets  are  considered  Level  3  when  their  fair  values  are  determined  using  pricing  models,  discounted  cash  flow  methodologies  or  similar

techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other
current  liabilities,  approximate  their  fair  values  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these  instruments.  The  fair  value  of  notes  payable  and  convertible  notes
approximates their fair values since the current interest rates and terms on these obligations are the same as prevailing market rates.

Investment
in
Unconsolidated
Subsidiary
Under
the
Equity
Method

The Company accounts for investments in which the Company owns more than 20% of the investee using the equity method in accordance with ASC
Topic 323, Investments — Equity
Method
and
Joint
Ventures
. Under the equity method, an investor initially records an investment in the investee at cost, and
adjusts the carrying amount of the investment to recognize the investor’s share of the earnings or losses of the investee after the date of acquisition. The amount of
the adjustment is included in the determination of net income by the investor, and such amount reflects adjustments similar to those made in preparing consolidated
statements including adjustments to eliminate intercompany gains and losses, and to amortize, if appropriate, any difference between investor cost and underlying
equity  in  net  assets  of  the  investee  at  the  date  of  investment.  The  investment  of  an  investor  is  also  adjusted  to  reflect  the  investor’s  share  of  changes  in  the
investee’s capital. Dividends received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors
may indicate that a decrease in value of the investment has occurred which is other than temporary and which should be recognized even though the decrease in
value is in excess of what would otherwise be recognized by application of the equity method.

Stock-Based
Compensation

The Company periodically issues restricted stock and warrants to employees and non-employees in non-capital raising transactions for services and for
financing costs. The Company accounts for restricted stock and warrant grants issued and vesting to employees based on the authoritative guidance provided by
FASB where the value of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized as compensation expense on the straight-line basis over the vesting period.
The Company accounts for restricted stock and warrant grants issued and vesting to non-employees in accordance with the authoritative guidance of the FASB
where the value of the stock compensation is based upon the measurement date as determined at either a) the date at which a performance commitment is reached,
or b) at the date at which the necessary performance to earn the equity instruments is complete. In certain circumstances where there are no future performance
requirements by the non-employee, restricted stock and warrants grants are immediately vested and the total stock-based compensation charge is recorded in the
period of the measurement date.

F- 8

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  fair  value  of  the  Company's  warrant  grants  is  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  Option  Pricing  model,  which  uses  certain  assumptions
related to risk-free interest rates, expected volatility, expected life of the stock options or warrants, and future dividends. Compensation expense is recorded based
upon the value derived from the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model, and based on actual experience. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton
Option Pricing model could materially affect compensation expense recorded in future periods. In light of the very limited trading of our common stock, market
value of the shares issued was determined based on the then most recent price per share at which we sold common stock in a private placement during the periods
then ended.

Income
Taxes

The  Company  follows  the  asset  and  liability  method  which  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax
consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected
to  reverse.  Deferred  tax  assets  are  reduced  by  a  valuation  allowance  to  the  extent  management  concludes  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  assets  will  not  be
realized.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary
differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  the  Statements  of
Operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

Loss
Per
Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period. Diluted loss per share reflects  the potential dilution, using the treasury  stock method that could  occur if securities or other contracts to issue
common  stock  were  exercised  or  converted  into  common  stock  or  resulted  in  the  issuance  of  common  stock  that  then  shared  in  the  loss  of  the  Company.  In
computing diluted loss per share, the treasury stock method assumes that outstanding options and warrants are exercised and the proceeds are used to purchase
common  stock  at  the  average  market  price  during  the  period.  Options  and  warrants  may  have  a  dilutive  effect  under  the  treasury  stock  method  only  when  the
average market price of the common stock during the period exceeds the exercise price of the options and warrants.

At March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had 150,000 and 3,600,000 warrants outstanding, respectively, and 3,028,325 and 410,260 shares issuable for

our convertible notes payable, respectively, which were excluded from the loss per share calculation, as they were anti-dilutive.

Recently
Issued
Accounting
Pronouncements

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2014-09,  Revenue 
from 
Contracts 
with 
Customers
 .  ASU  2014-09  is  a
comprehensive  revenue  recognition  standard  that  will  supersede  nearly  all  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance  under  current  GAAP  and  replace  it  with  a
principle based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenue based on the value of transferred goods
or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash
flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a
contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted only in annual reporting periods
beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods therein. Entities will be able to transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-
effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and
disclosures.

F- 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases
. ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a corresponding lease
liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. ASU 2016-02 is effective for all interim and annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or
entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company
is in the process of evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-02 on the Company’s financial statements and disclosures.

Other  recent  accounting  pronouncements  issued  by  the  FASB,  including  its  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force,  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public
Accountants,  and  the  SEC  did  not  or  are  not  believed  by  management  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  present  or  future  consolidated  financial
statement presentation or disclosures. 

Note 3 – Equity Investment in OCHL

On April 28, 2014, the Company acquired a 50% equity interest in Obar Camden Holdings Limited (“OCHL”), an entity that owns Obar Camden Limited
(“OCL”), a music and entertainment company whose principal business is the operation of a live music venue and nightclub known as KOKO, located in Camden,
London. KOKO provides live shows, club nights, corporate and other events. The Company acquired its 50% interest through the issuance of 58,000,000 shares of
its common stock to the seller, JJAT Corp. (“JJAT”), a Delaware corporation wholly owned by Mr. Robert Ellin, the Company’s Executive Chairman, President,
director and principal stockholder, and his affiliates. Since both the Company and JJAT were controlled by Mr. Ellin at the time of this transaction, the transaction
was accounted for as a transaction between related parties at the related parties’ original basis. Accordingly, the Company recorded the equity method investment
at $4.2 million which is JJAT’s historical basis in OCHL.

As  part  of  the  transaction,  the  Company  was  to  be  reimbursed  $494,750  by  OCHL  for  legal  and  other  acquisition  costs  incurred  in  relation  to  the
acquisition  of  the  50%  interest,  which  obligated  was  evidenced  by  a  promissory  note.  As  of  March  31,  2016,  the  outstanding  advance  and  any  interest  due
thereunder to the Company was $213,331.

The Company and the various parties to the agreement had certain disputes. On September 22, 2016, Mr. Olly Bengough, the Company’s former Chief
Executive Officer and director (“Bengough”), entered into a Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the Company and Mr. Ellin. On November
24,  2016,  $2,182,274  was  paid  to  the  Company  as  the  final  sale  price  and  the  rest  of  the  transactions  contemplated  under  the  Settlement  Agreement  were
automatically consummated (including the Company’s sale of its interest in OCHL to Bengough). As a result, the Company recognized a loss of $2,790,073 for the
remaining  investment  balance.  As  part  of  such  transactions,  Bengough  was  released  from  his  obligation  under  the  note  described  above  and  therefore,  the
Company recognized a loss on impairment of the note of $213,331 (See Note 10).

As of November 24, 2016, the change in the investment in the affiliate was as follows:

Balance as of March 31, 2015
50% share of net income for the period
Balance as of March 31, 2016
50% share of net income for the period
Balance as of November 24, 2016
Proceeds received
Liability extinguished
Loss recognized

F- 10

  $

  $

4,478,962 
410,553 
4,889,515 
132,832 
5,022,347 
(2,182,274)
(50,000)
2,790,073 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Net income from OCHL for the period from April 1, 2016 through November 24, 2016, and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, was as follows:

Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total operating expenses

Income from operations before other expenses

Other expenses

Interest

Income before provision for taxes

Taxes

Net income

The carrying amounts of the major classes of assets and liabilities of OCHL as of March 31, 2016 was follows

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Other assets

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

Total assets

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

Current liabilities

Accounts payable
Taxes payable
Notes payable, current
Other accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities
Deferred rent – noncurrent

Total liabilities

Shareholders deficit

Period from
April 1, 
2016 to
November 24,
2016
3,921,204    $
546,480     
3,374,724     

  $

Fiscal Year
Ended 
March 31, 
2016
6,754,707 
920,667 
5,834,040 

2,893,306     
74,828     
2,968,134     
406,590     

4,613,058 
133,106 
4,746,164 
1,087,876 

28,002     

45,997 

378,588     

1,041,879 

112,924     
265,664    $

220,773 
821,105 

  $

  $

  $

  $

March 31, 
2016

386,009 
24,743 
62,548 
533,128 
1,006,429 

867,975 
1,874,205 

514,488 
410,504 
207,978 
460,290 
1,593,210 
937,459 
2,530,669 

(656,464)

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

  $

1,874,205 

F- 11

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
Note 4 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment at March 31, 2017 and 2016 was as follows:

Production equipment
Computer equipment
Total property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net

March 31, 
2017

March 31, 
2016

  $

  $

51,304    $
42,078     
93,382     

(35,975)    
57,407    $

51,304 
23,125 
74,429 

(11,860)
62,569 

Depreciation expense was $24,115 and $6,336 for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Note 5 — Notes Payable to Major Stockholder

As of March  31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had the following  outstanding notes payable  to Trinad  Capital Master  Fund (“Trinad Capital”), a fund
wholly  owned  by  Mr.  Ellin,  the  Company’s  Executive  Chairman,  President,  director  and  principal  stockholder,  for  both  short  and  long  term  working  capital
requirements:

(A) First Senior Note
(B) Second Senior Note
(C) 6% Unsecured Convertible Note
Total

(A) First
Senior
Note
—
Trinad
Capital
Master
Fund

March 31, 
2017

  $

  $

-    $
-     
3,603,446     
3,603,446    $

March 31, 
2016
1,000,000 
1,784,000 
- 
2,784,000 

On  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  senior  convertible  promissory  note  (the  “First  Senior  Note”)  with  Trinad  Capital  allowing  for

advances up to a maximum loan amount of $1,000,000, plus interest at the rate of 6% per annum on the unpaid principal amount of outstanding advances.

At the time the First Senior Note was made, Trinad Capital advanced $700,000 to the Company and had accrued $70,151 in unpaid interest. Pursuant to
the terms of the Senior Note, all outstanding unpaid principal and accrued interest was originally due and payable on June 30, 2016 or such later date as Trinad
Capital may agree to in writing unless, prior to such date, the First Senior Note has been repaid in full or Trinad Capital elects to convert all or any portion of the
then-outstanding loan balance into common stock of the Company in connection with the Company consummating an equity financing in excess of $5,000,000 or
greater as set forth in the terms of the First Senior Note. Subsequent to the making of the First Senior Note:

● On  January  27,  2015,  the  Company  and  Trinad  Capital  entered  into  an  amendment  to  the  First  Senior  Note,  effective  as  of  December  31,  2014,
pursuant to which: (1) the term of the First Senior Note was extended to June 30, 2016 and (2) the conversion price for conversion of the unpaid
balance and interest outstanding in connection with an equity financing was amended to be the price per share equal to the average price per share
paid by investors in such equity financing;

● On February 5, 2015, the Company and Trinad Capital amended and restated the First Senior Note, effective as of December 31, 2014, to eliminate

the convertibility feature of the note was eliminated in its entirety; and

F- 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● On April 21, 2016, the First Senior Note was further amended to extend its maturity date to June 30, 2017, or such later date as Trinad Capital may
agree to in writing. For extending the due date of the First Senior Note to June 30, 2017, the Company issued to Trinad Capital warrants to purchase
1,144,986 shares of its common stock, with an exercise price of $0.005 per share and expiration date of April 21, 2020. During the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2017, these warrants were fully exercised. The aggregate fair value of the 1,144,986 warrants were valued at $567,282 using the Black-
Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model with the following average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.30%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate
of 100%; and an expected life of four years (statutory term). The maturity date extension was considered to be a debt restructuring that is accounted
for as a debt extinguishment. Therefore, the value of the warrants was expensed as of April 21, 2016.

On February 21, 2017, the First Senior Note and accrued interest totaling $1,197,897 were converted into a 6% convertible unsecured convertible note
discussed below. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, $0 and $1,000,000 of principal was outstanding under the First Senior Note, respectively. Accrued interest of $0
and $140,555 is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as accrued interest payable, related party as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

(B) Second
Senior
Note
—
Trinad
Capital
Master
Fund

On April 8, 2015, the Company entered into a second senior promissory note (the “Second Senior Note”) with Trinad Capital in the amount of $195,500.
The Second Senior Note bears interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and all outstanding unpaid principal and accrued interest is due and payable on
June 30, 2016 or such later date as Trinad Capital may agree to in writing, unless prior to such date this note has been prepaid in full. During the year ended March
31, 2016, Trinad Capital made advances to the Company totaling $1,784,000. Subsequent to the making of the Second Senior Note:

● On July 10, 2015, the Second Senior Note was amended and restated to increase the principal amount from $195,500 to the lesser of (i) $1,000,000

(the “Maximum Advance Amount”), or (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the advances;

● On November 23, 2015, Second Senior Note was amended the Second Senior Note to increase the Maximum Advance Amount to $2,000,000; and

● On April 26, 2016, the Second Senior Note was amended to increase the Maximum Advance Amount to $3,000,000 and to extend the maturity date
to June 30, 2017 or such later date as Trinad Capital may agree to in writing. For extending the due date of the Second Senior Note to June 30, 2017,
the Company issued to Trinad Capital warrants to purchase 2,207,768 shares of its common stock, with an exercise price of $0.005 per share and
expiration date of April 21, 2020. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, these warrants were fully exercised. The aggregate fair value of the
2,207,768  warrants  issued  upon  extension  of  the  note  were  valued  at  $1,093,832  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  Option  Pricing  model  with  the
following average assumptions:  risk-free  interest  rate  of  1.30%;  dividend  yield  of  0%;  volatility  rate  of  100%;  and  an  expected  life  of  four  years
(statutory term). The maturity date extension was considered to be a debt restructuring that is accounted for as a debt extinguishment. Therefore, the
value of the warrants was expensed as of April 21, 2016.

The amount due  to  Trinad  Capital  under  the  Second  Senior  Note  was  $1,784,000  at  March  31,  2016.  During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2017,  Trinad
Capital made additional advances to the Company under the Second Senior Note totaling $820,100. The Company also made repayments  of the Second Senior
Note totaling $450,000 during year ended March 31, 2017. On February 21, 2017, the Second Senior Note and accrued interest totaling $2,383,180 were converted
in a 6% unsecured convertible note discussed below. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, $0 and $2,154,100 of principal was outstanding under the Second Senior
Note, respectively. Accrued interest of $0 and $87,048 is reflected on our consolidated balance sheet as accrued interest payable, related party as of March 31,
2017 and 2016, respectively.

F- 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(C) 6%
Unsecured
Convertible
Note
—
Trinad
Capital
Master
Fund

On February  21,  2017,  the  Company  issued  a  6%  unsecured  convertible  note  payable  to  Trinad  Capital  to  convert  aggregate  principal  and interest of
$3,581,077 under the First and Second Senior Notes with Trinad Capital discussed above. This convertible note is due on March 31, 2018. Before its maturity, the
noteholder shall in its sole discretion have the option to convert all outstanding principal and interest into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price per
share  based  upon  the  Company’s  current  valuation,  as  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  If  the  Company  raises  a  minimum  of  $5,000,000  (excluding  the
amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross proceeds from an equity financing in one or more closings prior to the maturity date, Trinad Capital
will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing at 75% of the issuance price
of  the  securities  issued  in  such  financing.  In  addition,  Trinad  Capital  received  1,790,539  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an
exercise  price  of  $0.01  per  share.  The  warrants  were  exercised  on  February  28,  2017.  The  conversion  of  the  First  and  Second  Senior  Notes  into  an  unsecured
convertible note and warrants was considered  to be a debt restructuring  that is accounted  for as a debt extinguishment. The aggregate relative  fair value of the
1,790,539 warrants issued to the noteholder was determined to be $1,624,474 using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model with the following average
assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.50%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate of 100%; and an expected life of three years (statutory term). As of February 21,
2016,  the  effective  conversion  price  was  $0.91,  and  the  market  price  of  the  shares  on  the  date  of  conversion  was  approximately  $1.67  per  share.  As  such,  the
Company recognized a beneficial  conversion feature of $1,624,474. The relative fair value of the warrants and the note’s beneficial  conversion  feature totaling
$3,248,948 was expensed as of March 31, 2017. At March 31, 2017, the balance of the note and accrued interest were $3,581,077 and $22,369, respectively.

Note 6 — Note Payable  

On December  31,  2014,  the  Company  converted  accounts  payable  into  a  Senior  Promissory  Note  (the  “Note”)  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
$242,498. The Note bears interest at 6% per annum and interest is payable on a quarterly basis commencing March 31, 2015 or the Company may elect that the
amount  of  such  interest  be  added  to  the  principal  sum  outstanding  under  this  Note.  The  payables  arose  in  connection  with  professional  services  rendered  by
attorneys for the Company prior to and through December 31, 2014, and the Note had an original maturity date of December 31, 2015, which was extended to June
30, 2016 or such later date as the lender  may agree  to in writing.  As of March  31, 2017 and 2016, the balance  due of $277,270  and $262,040,  which includes
$34,772 and $19,542 of accrued interest, respectively, was outstanding under the Note, and is currently past due.

Note 7 — Related Party Unsecured Convertible Notes Payable

Related Party Unsecured convertible notes payable at March 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

(A) 6% Unsecured Convertible Note – due September 13, 2018
(B) 6% Unsecured Convertible Note – due on March 31, 2018
Less accumulated amortization of Valuation Discount
Net

(A) Convertible
Note
—
JJAT

  $

  $

-    $
50,707     
(39,039)    
11,668    $

- 
- 
- 
- 

On August 19, 2016, the Company issued a 6% unsecured convertible note payable to a related party for total principal amount of $55,000. This note was
due on September 30, 2018. Before its maturity, the noteholder had in its sole discretion have the option to convert all outstanding principal and interest into the
Company’s common stock at a conversion price per share based upon the Company’s current valuation, as determined by the Board of Directors. If the Company
raises  a  minimum  of  $5,000,000  (excluding  the  amount  converting  pursuant  to  the  note)  in  the  aggregate  in  gross  proceeds  from  an  equity  financing  led  by  a
reputable institutional investor in one or more closings prior to the maturity date, the noteholder will have the right to convert all outstanding principal and interest
into the same equity securities issued in such qualified equity financing at 75% of the issuance price of the securities in such financing. On December 21, 2016, this
note was repaid.

F- 14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
(B) Convertible
Note
—
Marvin
Ellin

On January 4, 2017, the Company issued a 6% unsecured convertible note payable to a certain investor for total principal amount of $50,000. This note
will be due on September 13, 2018. Before its maturity, the noteholder shall in its sole discretion have the option to convert all outstanding principal and interest
into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price per share based upon the Company’s current valuation, as determined by the Board of Directors. If the
Company raises a minimum of $5,000,000 (excluding the amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross proceeds from an equity financing in one or
more closings prior to the maturity  date, the noteholder  will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal  and interest into the same equity securities
issued  in  such  equity  financing  at  75%  of  the  issuance  price  of  the  securities  issued  in  such  financing.  In  addition,  the  noteholder  received  25,000  warrants  to
purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The aggregate relative fair value of the 25,000 warrants issued to the
investor was determined to be $22,681 using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model with the following average assumptions: risk-free interest rate  of
1.50%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate of 100%; and an expected life of three years (statutory term). As of February 21, 2017, the effective conversion price
was  $0.91,  and  the  market  price  of  the  shares  on  the  date  of  conversion  was  approximately  $1.67  per  share.  As  such,  the  Company  recognized  a  beneficial
conversion feature of $22,681. The aggregate value of the warrants and beneficial conversion feature of $45,362 was considered as debt discount upon issuance
and will be amortized as interest over the term of the note or in full upon the conversion of the note. During year ended March 31, 2017, the Company amortized
$6,323 of such discount to interest expense, and the unamortized discount as of March 31, 2017 was $39,039. As of March 31, 2017, $50,000 of principal and $707
of accrued interest was due under the note.

Note 8 — Unsecured Convertible Notes Payable

Unsecured Convertible notes payable at March 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

(A) 8% Unsecured Convertible Notes – Due on January 19, 2018
(B) 6% Unsecured Convertible Notes – Due on September 13, 2018
(C) 6% Unsecured Convertible Notes – Due between January 31, 2018 and September 30, 2018
Total
Less accumulated amortization of Valuation Discount
Net
Less note payable, current
Notes payable, long-term

March 31, 
2017

March 31, 
2016

  $

  $

—    $
154,882     
1,248,267     
1,403,149     
(1,114,751)    
288,398     
67,858     
220,540    $

200,000 
— 
— 
200,000 
(89,727)
110,273 
— 
100,273 

(A)        On January 19, 2016, the Company issued three 8% unsecured convertible notes payable to investors (the “Lenders”) for an aggregate amount of
$200,000. These notes were due on January 19, 2018. Before the maturity date, the noteholder had in its sole discretion have the option to convert all
outstanding  principal  and  interest  into  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  a  conversion  price  per  share  based  upon  the  Company’s  current  valuation,  as
determined by the Board of Directors. If the Company raises a minimum of $2,500,000 (excluding the amount converting pursuant to the notes) in the
aggregate  in  gross  proceeds  from  an  equity  financing  led  by  a  reputable  institutional  investor  in  one  or  more  closings  prior  to  the  maturity  date,  the
Lenders will have the right to convert all outstanding principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such qualified equity financing at 75%
of the issuance price of the securities in such financing. In addition, the Lenders received 400,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common
stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per share. The warrants were exercised during the year ended March 31, 2017. The aggregate relative fair value of the
400,000 warrants issued to the Lender was determined to be $99,915 using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model with the following average
assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.30%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate of 100%; and an expected life of four years (statutory term). The value
of the warrants of $99,915 was considered as debt discount upon issuance and was being amortized as interest over the term of the notes or in full upon
the conversion of the corresponding notes. During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company amortized $9,818 of such discount to interest expense,
and the unamortized discount as of March 31, 2016 was $89,727.

F- 15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
On June 6, 2016, the Lenders converted $200,000 of principal and $5,918 of interest into 205,918 shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion
price of $1 per share. As the market price of the shares on the date of conversion was approximately $1.67 per share, the Company recognized a beneficial
conversion cost of $136,936. As a result of the conversion, the remaining debt discount of $89,727 was fully amortized to interest expense as of the date of
conversion.

As an inducement for the conversion, the Lenders were issued 205,920 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of
$0.005  per  share.  The  aggregate  fair  value  of  the  205,920  warrants  issued  to  the  Lenders  was  $341,864  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  Option  Pricing
model with the following average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.20%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate of 100%; and an expected life of three
years (statutory term). The value of the warrants of $341,864 was considered as additional interest expense upon their issuance. The warrants were exercised
immediately into 205,920 shares of the Company’s common stock with net proceeds of $1,030 to the Company.

(B)              On  September  14,  2016,  the  Company  issued  a  6%  unsecured  convertible  note  payable  to  a  certain  investor  for  total  principal  amount  of
$150,000. This note will be due on September 13, 2018. Before the maturity date, the noteholder shall in its sole discretion have the option to convert all
outstanding  principal  and  interest  into  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  a  conversion  price  per  share  based  upon  the  Company’s  current  valuation,  as
determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  If  the  Company  raises  a  minimum  of  $5,000,000  (excluding  the  amount  converting  pursuant  to  the  note)  of
aggregate gross proceeds from an equity financing in one or more closings prior to the maturity  date, the noteholder will have the right to convert all
outstanding note principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing at 75% of the issuance price of the securities issued
in  such  financing.  In  addition,  the  noteholder  received  150,000  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of
$0.005  per  share.  The  aggregate  relative  fair  value  of  the  150,000  warrants  issued  to  the  noteholder  was  determined  to  be  $93,612  using  the  Black-
Scholes-Merton Option Pricing model with the following average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.90%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate of
100%; and an expected life of three years (statutory term). As of September 14, 2016, the effective conversion price was $0.63, and the market price of
the shares on the date of conversion was approximately $1.67 per share. As such, the Company recognized a beneficial conversion feature of $56,388. As
a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a note  discount  of  $150,000 to  account  for  the  relative  fair  value  of the  warrants  and  the notes’  beneficial conversion
feature  which  will  be  amortized  as  interest  over  the  term  of  the  note.  During  year  ended  March  31,  2017,  the  Company  amortized  $40,741  of  such
discount to interest expense, and the unamortized discount as of March 31, 2017 was $109,259. As of March 31, 2017, $4,882 accrued interest was added
to principal balance.

(C)        Between November 22, 2016 and March 27, 2017, the Company issued seven 6% unsecured  convertible notes payable to certain investors for
aggregate total principal of $1,235,000. The notes are due on various dates through September 30, 2018. Before the maturity date, the noteholders shall in
their sole discretion have the option to convert all outstanding principal and interest into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price per share
based upon the Company’s current valuation, as determined by the Board of Directors. If the Company raises a minimum of $5,000,000 (excluding the
amount converting  pursuant  to  the  note)  of  aggregate  gross  proceeds  from  an  equity  financing  in  one  or  more  closings  prior  to  the  maturity  date, the
noteholders will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing at 75%
of the issuance price of the securities issued in such financing. In addition, the noteholders received an aggregate of 617,500 warrants to purchase shares
of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $0.01  per  share.  The  aggregate  relative  fair  value  of  the  617,500  warrants  issued  to  the
noteholders  was  determined  to  be  $560,226  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  Option  Pricing  model  with  the  following  average  assumptions:  risk-free
interest rate of 1.35-1.53%; dividend yield of 0%; volatility rate of 100%; and an expected life of three years (statutory term). At the issuance of these
notes,  the  effective  conversion  price  was  $0.91  and  the  market  price  of  the  shares  on  the  date  of  conversion  was  approximately  $1.67  per  share, the
Company recognized aggregate beneficial conversion features of $560,226. As a result, the Company recorded a note discount of $1,120,450 to account
for the relative fair values of the warrants and the notes’ beneficial conversion features which will be amortized as interest over the terms of the notes or
in full upon conversion of the notes. During year ended March 31, 2017, the Company amortized $114,961 of such discount to interest expense, and the
unamortized discount as of March 31, 2017 was $1,004,590. 

F- 16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 9 — Related Party Transactions

Management
Services
from
Trinad
Management
LLC

Pursuant to a Management  Agreement  (the  “Management  Agreement”)  with Trinad  Management  LLC (“Trinad  LLC”) entered  into  on September  23,
2011,  Trinad  LLC  agreed  to  provide  certain  management  services  to  the  Company  through  September  22,  2014,  including,  without  limitation,  the  sourcing,
structuring  and  negotiation  of  potential  business  acquisitions  and  customer  contracts  for  the  Company.  Under  the  Management  Agreement,  the  Company
compensated Trinad LLC for its services by (i) paying a fee equal to $2,080,000, with $90,000 payable in advance of each consecutive 3-month calendar period
during the term of the Management Agreement and with $1,000,000 due at the end of the 3-year term, and (ii) issuing a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.075 per share (the “Warrant”). The Warrant may have been exercised in whole or in part by Trinad LLC at
any time for a period of 10 years. On August 25, 2016, the Warrant was fully exercised on a cashless basis at an exercise price of $0.075 per share, resulting in the
issuance 2,148,648 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The total amount of $1,000,000 due to Trinad LLC was reflected as a liability on the accompanying March 31, 2016 balance sheet. Pursuant to the terms
of the Management  Agreement  with Trinad  Management,  LLC, during  March  2017, the  Company paid $750,000 of the amount  that  was  due  at  the  end  of  the
three-year term of the Management Agreement. The total amount due at March 31, 2017 was $239,080. The remaining amount was paid in April 2017.

Trinad LLC continues to provide services to the Company at a fee of $30,000 per month on a month-to-month basis. For the years ended March 31, 2017

and 2016, the Company incurred $360,000 of such fees.

Due
to
Related
Parties

As of  March  31,  2017  and  2016,  amounts  due  to  related  parties  were  $0  and  $117,124,  respectively,  payable  to  Mr.  Ellin,  the  Company’s  Executive
Chairman,  President,  director  and  principal  stockholder.  These  amounts  were  provided  to  the  Company  for  working  capital  as  needed  and  are  unsecured,  non-
interest bearing advances with no formal terms of repayment.

Rent

During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company subleased office space from Trinad LLC for no cost to the Company as part of our
Management Agreement with Trinad LLC. Management estimates such amounts to be immaterial. The Company anticipates continuing to sublease such space at
no cost to it for the foreseeable future. The Company believes that such property is in good condition and is suitable for the conduct of its business.

Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies  

Promotional
Rights

The Company acquires promotional rights from time to time that may contain obligations for future payments. During the year ended March 31, 2017, the
Company incurred $350,000 in payment obligations for the acquisition of certain promotional rights. As of March 31, 2017, the Company is obligated under two
licenses, production and/or distribution agreements to make guaranteed payments as follows: $500,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018, and $325,000 for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019. The agreements also provide for a revenue share of 35-50% of capital and net revenues. In addition, there are two other
agreements that provide for a revenue share of 50% on net revenues, but no guaranteed payments. If the events do not occur as planned and/or the Company does
not undertake production of such events, or if the revenue from these events does not allow the Company to recover its production costs, no additional liability for
additional payments or promotional right will remain.

F- 17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
Legal
Proceedings

Bengough
Settlement

On May 20, 2016, Mr. Oliver Bengough, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer and director, filed a Petition for Relief (the “Petition”) in the
High  Court  of  Justice,  Chancery  Division  (the  “Court”)  against  OCHL,  OCL,  KOKO  UK  and  Mr.  Ellin  (collectively,  the  “Respondents”).  In  the  Petition,  Mr.
Bengough  claimed,  among  other  things,  certain  breaches  of  duty  by  Mr.  Ellin  in  connection  with  the  corporate  operations  of  the  Respondents,  as  well  as  a
“deterioration” of  the  relationship  between  the  parties.  OCHL  was  formed  by  OCL’s  stockholders  for  the  sole  purpose  of  acquiring  all  of  the  registered  and
contributed capital of OCL, is a 50%-owned subsidiary of the Company and is the former parent of OCL.

On  September  22,  2016,  Mr.  Bengough  entered  into  a  Settlement  Agreement  (the  “Settlement  Agreement”)  with  the  Respondents  and  Global  Loan
Agency Services Limited, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), relating to the Petition. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the parties agreed, among other
things, to (i) the terms of settlement in relation to all facts, matters and allegations raised by the Petition against the Respondents, including disputed liability under
a junior promissory note, dated as of April 28, 2014, issued by OCHL and OCL in favor of JJAT, (ii) sell 48,878 ordinary shares and the 2,750 deferred ordinary
shares in OCHL owned by the Company to Mr. Bengough on the terms provided in the Settlement Agreement, (iii) resolve certain ancillary matters arising from
the  past  business  dealings  between  Messrs.  Ellin  and  Bengough,  and  (iv)  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  thereunder  and  under  certain  related
transaction documents (as defined below) (collectively, the “Settlement Transactions”).

Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Settlement  Agreement,  on  November  24,  2016,  Financial  Consulting  LLP  BTG,  an  independent  expert  valuation  firm
engaged to determine the value of the ordinary shares in OCHL, delivered its final valuation report to the parties and that its analysis yielded that the value of the
ordinary shares of OCHL is $4,455,833 (£3,612,057), therefore entitling the Company to $2,182,274 (£1,769,029) (or 50% of the value) minus $45,643 (£37,000)
(as agreed to by the parties). On December 1, 2016, the Escrow Agent paid to the Company, via the funds deposited by Mr. Bengough, $2,182,274 as the Final
Sale Price and the rest of Settlement Transactions were automatically consummated (including the Company’s sale of its OCHL shares to Mr. Bengough).

Blink
TV
Limited
and
Northstar
Media,
Inc.

On March 3, 2016, Blink TV Limited and Northstar Media, Inc. (collectively, the “Plaintiffs”) filed a claim in the Los Angeles County Superior Court of
California against the Company and LiveXLive, alleging breaches of two different license agreements for the live-streaming rights to “Bestival,” an annual music
festival which takes place on the Isle of Wight in England. LiveXLive and the Company demurred to the complaint on May 10, 2016, and, prior to the hearing on
the demurrer, Plaintiffs amended their complaint. The amended complaint no longer states a claim against the Company and only states a single cause of action
against LiveXLive for the alleged breach of a single license agreement. Plaintiffs are seeking $300,000 in damages.

To date, LiveXLive has vigorously contested Plaintiffs’ claims. In doing so, LiveXLive filed a cross-complaint against Plaintiffs for breach of contract
and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, on December 23, 2016. On May 11, 2017 the parties agreed to a mediation currently scheduled
for June 2017, and a trial date is set for March 2018.

F- 18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  currently  not  aware  of  any  other  pending  legal  proceedings.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  become  involved  in  various  lawsuits  and  legal
proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. An adverse result in these or other matters may have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Note 11 — Equity Incentive Plan

On August 29, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), which
reserves a total of 22,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the 2016 Plan. Incentive awards authorized under the 2016 Plan include,
but are not limited to, incentive Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If an incentive award granted under the 2016 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised
or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to the Company in connection with the exercise of an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the
surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2016 Plan.

As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report, no stock options or any shares of common stock have been issued under the 2016 Plan.

Note 12 — Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Sale
of
Common
Stock
or
Equity
Units

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company entered into securities purchase agreements with certain accredited investors, pursuant to which the
Company  sold  an  aggregate  of  550,000  units  at  a  purchase  price  of  $2.50  per  share  for  $1,375,000  in  cash  proceeds.  Each  unit  consisted  of  one  share  of  the
Company’s common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 (one-half) share of the Company’s common stock, exercisable for a period of three years from the date of
original issuance at exercise prices from $0.005 to $0.01 per share.

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  securities  purchase  agreements  with  accredited  investors,  pursuant  to  which  the
Company agreed to issue an aggregate of 762,500 units at a purchase price of $0.50-1.00 per unit for $612,500 in cash. Each unit consisted of one share of the
Company’s common stock and one warrant to purchase a share of the Company’s common stock, exercisable for a period of four years from the date of original
issuance at an exercise price of $0.005 per share.

Issuance
of
Common
Stock
for
Services

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company issued 1,578,720 shares of its common stock valued at $2,279,589 to various consultants, including
100,000 shares to a related party valued at $167,000. The Company valued these shares at prices from $0.50 to $1.67 per share based on the most recent prices of
the sale of our common stock near the date of grant.

During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company issued 1,802,000 shares of its common stock valued at $856,500 to various consultants and advisory
board members. The Company valued these shares at prices from $0.25 - $0.50 per share based on the most recent prices of the sale of our common stock on the
date of grant.

Warrants

On June  2,  2016,  the  Company  issued  warrants  to  acquire  205,920  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  valued  at  $341,864  as  an  inducement  to
convert a convertible note. These warrants, along with 400,000 warrants issued to the noteholder upon issuance of the note, were exercised during the year ended
March 31, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.005 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $3,030.

F- 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
In April, 2016, the Company issued warrants to Trinad Capital, a related party, to acquire 3,352,754 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at
$1,661,114 at an exercise price of $0.005 to extend the maturity dates of the First and Second Senior Notes. These warrants were exercised during the year ended
March 31, 2017, at an exercise price of $0.005 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $16,764.

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company issued warrants to purchase aggregate 2,583,038 shares of the Company’s common stock along with

various convertible notes. These warrants were valued at $676,518 at an exercise price of $0.01.

During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company issued warrants to purchase 275,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as part of securities

purchase agreements.

During the  year  ended  March  31,  2017,  warrants  to  purchase  9,665,360  shares  of  common  stock  were  exercised,  of  which  2,250,000  warrants  were

exercised on a cashless basis, and the Company received proceeds of $48,123 related to the exercise of the balance of the warrants.

During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company issued 1,162,500 shares of the Company’s common stock upon exercise of 1,162,500 warrants at an

exercise price of $0.005 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $5,813.

The table below summarizes the Company’s warrant activities:

Balance outstanding, April 1, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/expired

Balance outstanding, March 31, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/expired

Balance outstanding, March 31, 2017

Exercisable, March 31, 2017

Number of
Warrants

Weighted
Average

Exercise Price    

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

3,600,000    $
1,162,500     
(1,162,500)    
-     
3,600,000     
6,416,712     
(9,866,712)    
-     
150,000    $
150,000    $

0.045     
0.005     
0.005     
-     
0.050     
0.007     
0.022     
-     
0.010     
0.010     

3.21 
2.21 
4.24 
- 
4.16 
2.91 
3.15 
- 
2.99 
2.99 

Increase
of
Authorized
Common
Stock
and
Creation
of
Preferred
Stock

On August 29, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved for the Company to file a Certificate of Amendment to its Articles of
Incorporation (the “Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, which increased the Company’s authorized capital stock. The Certificate was
filed and became effective on September 1, 2016. The Certificate increased the aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Company has the authority to
issue to 501,000,000 shares, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share
(the “preferred stock”).

F- 20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   


 
 
 
 
The Company may issue shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, each of which will have such distinctive designation or title as
shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and will have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing
for  the  issue  of  such  class  or  series  of  preferred  stock  as  may  be  adopted  from  time  to  time  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors.  The  Company’s  Board of
Directors will have the power to increase or decrease the number of shares of preferred stock of any series after the issuance of shares of that series, but not below
the  number  of  shares  of  such  series  then  outstanding.  In  case  the  number  of  shares  of  any  series  shall  be  decreased,  the  shares  constituting  such  decrease  will
resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.

While the Company does not currently have any plans for the issuance of preferred stock, the issuance of such preferred stock could adversely affect the
rights of the holders of common stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares
of preferred stock on the rights of holders of the common stock until and unless the Company’s Board of Directors determines the specific rights of the holders of
the preferred stock; however, these effects may include: restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the
liquidation rights of the common stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders.

Note 13 — Income Tax Provision

At March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had available federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income. The amounts
available were approximately $15.4 million and $6.8 million for federal income tax purposes, respectively, and $15.4 million and $6.8 million for state income tax
purposes respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2037. Given the Company’s history of net operating losses, management has
determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize  the tax benefit  of the carryforwards.  Accordingly, the Company has not
recognized a deferred tax asset for this benefit.

The Company  has adopted  FASB guidelines  that  address  the  determination  of  whether  tax benefits  claimed  or  expected  to be  claimed  on  a tax return
should be recorded in the financial statements. Under this guidance, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more
likely  than  not  that  the  tax  position  will  be  sustained  on  examination  by  the  taxing  authorities,  based  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  position.  The  tax  benefits
recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being
realized upon  ultimate  settlement.  This  guidance  also  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  on  income  taxes,  accounting  in
interim periods and requires increased disclosures. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not have a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and no
adjustment was required at adoption.

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  record  interest  and  penalties  on  uncertain  tax  provisions  as  income  tax  expense.  As  of  March  31,  2017  and  2016,  the
Company has not accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Additionally, tax years 2014 through 2016 remain open to examination by the
major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

Upon the attainment of taxable income by the Company, management will assess the likelihood of realizing the tax benefit associated with the use of the

carryforwards and will recognize the appropriate deferred tax asset at that time.

F- 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets are as follows as of:

Net operating loss carryforward
Stock-based compensation
Impairment of note receivable
Loss on sale of investment in OCHL
Equity in earnings of OCHL
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset

Reconciliation of the effective income tax rate to the U.S. statutory rate is as follows:

U.S federal statutory income tax
State tax, net of federal tax benefit
Permanent differences
Change in valuation allowance
Effective tax rate

Note 14 — Subsequent Events

Unsecured
Convertible
Notes
Payable

2017
6,152,000    $
912,000     
85,000     
1,116,000     
(53,000)    
8,212,000     
(8,212,000)    
-    $

2016
2,708,000 
343,000 
- 
- 
(164,000)
2,887,000 
(2,887,000)
- 

  $

  $

2017

2016

-34.00%   
-5.80%   
-65.52%   
105.32%   
0.00%   

-34.00%
-5.80%
-%
39.80%
0.00%

Subsequent  to  the  period  ended  March  31,  2017  the  Company  issued  eight,  6%  unsecured  notes  payable  to  investors  for  total  cash  principal  of
$1,595,000.  These  notes  are  due  between  April  2018  and  May  2018.  The  noteholders  shall  in  their  sole  discretion  have  the  option  to  convert  all  outstanding
principal and interest into the Company’s Common Stock before the maturity date at a conversion price per share based upon the Company’s current valuation, as
determined by the Board of Directors. If the Company raises a minimum of $5,000,000 (excluding the amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross
proceeds from an equity financing in one or more closings prior to the maturity date, the noteholders will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal
and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing at 75% of the issuance price of the securities issued in such financing. In addition, the
noteholders received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 797,500 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share with a relative
fair  value  of  $723,533.  As  of  the  issuance  dates  of  these  notes,  the  effective  conversion  price  was  $0.91,  and  the  market  price  of  the  shares  on  the  date  of
conversion was approximately $1.67 per share. As such, the Company expects to recognize a beneficial conversion feature of $723,533. As a result, the Company
expects to record a note discount of $1,447,066 to account for the relative fair value of the warrants and the notes’ beneficial conversion features which will be
amortized as interest expense over the term of the notes.

Employment
Agreements

In April and May 2017, the Company entered into employment agreements with two officers for a term of two years at an annual salary of $120,000 and
$180,000 respectively.  In  addition,  one  of  the  officers  was granted  300,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  valued  at $501,000  that  will  vest  in equal
tranches  over  the  24-month  term  of  the  employment  agreement.  The  officer  will  also  receive  a  bonus  of  $100,000  upon  the  closing  of  an  underwritten  public
offering  of the Company’s  common  stock.  The  other officer was granted 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $668,000 that will vest in
increments, with the first tranche of 200,000 shares vesting 12 months from the effective date and the remaining number of shares vesting monthly thereafter, with
100% vesting over the 24-month term of the employment agreement.

F- 22

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
Wantickets
Acquisition

On May  5,  2017,  LiveXLive  Tickets,  Inc.,  (“LXL  Tickets”)  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  entered  into  an  Asset  Purchase Agreement
(“APA”) with Wantickets and certain other parties, whereby the Company purchased certain operating assets of Wantickets for total consideration of 2,000,000
shares of common stock of the Company valued at $3,340,000 ($1.67 per share) and the assumption of certain liabilities of Wantickets. The Company is in the
process  of  completing  the  allocation  of  the  purchase  price  to  the  assets  and  liabilities  acquired.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  LXL  Tickets  entered  into
employment agreements with key employees of Wantickets for a term of two years each. One officer, Joe Schnaier, the Chief Executive Officer of Wantickets, will
receive  an  annual  salary  of  $220,000  and  a  bonus  of  2,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  if  LXL  Tickets  earns  net  income  of  $3  million  in  the  twelve  months
following the effective date of his employment agreement or net income of $4 million in the twelve months thereafter. The other officer will receive an annual
salary of $160,000 and receive a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $15,000 each year.

In addition, pursuant to the APA and the Letter Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017 (the “Letter Agreement”), entered into among the Company, LXL
Tickets and Mr. Schnaier, the parties agreed that, commencing May 5, 2017, Mr. Schnaier will promptly pay for all of LXL Tickets’ net losses of its business for
each calendar month (or pro rata thereof), up to a total of $100,000 per month, and for any liabilities exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate that arose from April 1,
2017 to May 5, 2017 (inclusive), until the earlier of (x) such time as a public offering is consummated or (b) May 5, 2018 (such earlier date as between clause (x)
and (y), the “Funding End Date”), and that any salaries or other payments or amounts due to under the employment agreements described above shall be included
in the calculation of the net loss for the applicable period (collectively, the “JS Payment Obligation”). Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, the parties further agreed
that all payments made by Mr. Schnaier as part of the JS Payment Obligation shall be deemed to be a loan by Mr. Schnaier to LXL Tickets (the “Loaned Funds”),
and that the Company and LXL Tickets shall repay to Mr. Schnaier the total amount of the Loaned Funds within five business days after the Funding End Date;
provided that the Company and LXL Tickets may prepay or repay in full the Loaned Funds at any time prior to the Funding End Date without any penalty.

An unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2017 as if the acquisition had occurred as of that date is as follows:

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Prepaid expense
Total Current Assets
Other Assets

Property and equipment, net
Intangibles
Total Assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Note payable
Note payable, shareholder
Current portion of unsecured convertible notes, net of discount
Services payable, related party

Total Current Liabilities

Unsecured convertible notes - related party, net of discount
Unsecured convertible notes, net of discount and current portion

Total Liabilities

Stockholders’ Deficit:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 105,996,974 shares issued and outstanding.
Additional paid in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' deficit

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

F- 23

  $

  $

  $

March 31,
2017
(unaudited)

1,477,229 
21,569 
1,498,798 

175,407 
3,222,000 
4,896,205 

542,035 
277,270 
3,603,446 
67,858 
239,080 
4,729,689 
11,668 
220,540 
4,961,897 

- 
105,997 
27,924,201 
(28,095,890)
(65,692)
4,896,205 

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
Unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 as if the acquisition has occurred as of the earliest dates presented

are as follows:

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Related party expenses

Total operating expenses

Loss from operations

Other income (expenses)
Interest expense, net
Other income
Fair value of warrants issued for note extension and inducement to convert
Earnings from investment in OCHL
Fair value of warrants and beneficial conversion feature on debt conversion
Fair value of beneficial conversion feature
Impairment of note receivable - related party
Loss on sale of investment in OCHL
Total other income (expenses)

Net loss

Net income (Loss) per common share — basic and diluted

Weighted average common shares – basic and diluted

Promotional
Rights

For the 
Year Ended 
March 31, 
2017
(unaudited)

For the 
Year Ended 
March 31, 
2016
(unaudited)

  $

3,972,000    $

5,744,000 

1,147,000     

2,052,000 

2,825,000     

3,692,000 

9,479,801     
360,000     
9,839,801     
(7,014,801)    

7,297,000 
360,000 
7,657,000 
(3,965,000)

(497,152)    
6,667     
(2,002,977)    
132,832     
(3,248,948)    
(136,936)    
(213,331)    
(2,790,073)    
(8,749,918)    

(218,498)
- 
- 
410,553 
- 
- 
- 
- 
192,055 

  $

(15,764,719)   $

(3,772,945)

  $

(0.16)   $

(0.04)

99,596,206     

92,082,796 

Subsequent  to  March  31,  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  two  license,  production  and/or  distribution  agreements  to  make  guaranteed  payments  as
follows: $210,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018, $190,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, and $25,000 for the year ended March 31, 2020.
One of the agreements also provides for a revenue share of 50% of net revenues. If the events do not occur as planned and/or the Company does not undertake
production of such events, or if the revenue from these events does not allow the Company to recover its production costs, no additional liability for additional
payments or promotional right will remain.

Equity
Issuances

Subsequent to March 31, 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 947,500 shares of its common stock to investors in consideration of an aggregate of

$9,475 as a result of the exercise of 947,500 warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.

Subsequent  to  March  31,  2017,  the  Company  issued  an  aggregate  of  737,500  shares  of  its  common  stock  valued  at  $1.67  per  share  as  fees  to  our

employees, directors, advisors and consultants.

F- 24

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation
of
Disclosure
Controls
and
Procedures

Our management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report.
Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  provide  a  reasonable  level  of  assurance  that  information
required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  the  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial
officers, or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 31, 2017, due to the presence of material weaknesses described below, our disclosure
controls and procedures were ineffective because of the material weaknesses described below.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within
our  Company  and  our  consolidated  subsidiaries  to  disclose  material  information  otherwise  required  to  be  set  forth  in  our  periodic  reports.  There  are  inherent
limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of
the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving their
control objectives.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting for our Company. Internal control over
financial  reporting  is  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act  as  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of,  our
principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  our  Board  of  Directors,  management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

●

●

●

Pertain to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the
company;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of
management and directors of the company; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Projections  of  any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting
from human failure. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations,
there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent
limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this
risk.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2017. In making this assessment, our management used the
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission’s Internal Control-Integrated Framework. As a result of
this assessment, we have determined that our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective as of March 31, 2017. We had neither the resources, nor the
personnel, to provide an adequate control environment. The following material  weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting continued to exist at
March 31, 2017:

● we do not have written documentation of our internal control policies and procedures. Written documentation of key internal controls over financial

reporting is a requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

● we do not have sufficient segregation of duties within accounting functions, which is a basic internal control. Due to our limited size and early stage
nature of operations, segregation of all conflicting duties may not always be possible and may not be economically feasible; however, to the extent
possible, the initiation of transactions, the custody of assets and the recording of transactions should be performed by separate individuals;

●

●

lack of independent audit committee of our board of directors; and

insufficient monitoring and review controls over the financial reporting closing process, including the lack of individuals with current knowledge of
GAAP that led to the restatement of our previously issued financial statements.

Prior to hiring Mr. Gold as our Chief Financial Officer in April 2017, we outsourced the functions of the principal financial officer on an interim basis to
assist  us  in  implementing  the  necessary  financial  controls  over  the  financial  reporting  and  the  utilization  of  internal  management  and  staff  to  effectuate  these
controls.

We believe that these material weaknesses primarily related, in part, to our lack of sufficient staff with appropriate training in GAAP and SEC rules and
regulations with respect to financial reporting functions, and the lack of robust accounting systems, as well as the lack of sufficient resources to hire such staff and
implement these accounting systems.

We plan to take a number of actions to correct these material weaknesses including, but not limited to, establishing an Audit Committee of our board of
directors  comprised  of  three  independent  directors,  adding  experienced  accounting  and  financial  personnel  and  retaining  third-party  consultants  to  review  our
internal  controls  and  recommend  improvements.  We  hired  Mr.  Gold  as  a  first  step  in  building  out  our  accounting  department.  However,  we  may  need  to  take
additional measures to fully mitigate these issues, and the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our internal controls may not be sufficient to (1)
address the issues identified, (2) ensure that our internal controls are effective or (3) ensure that the identified material weakness or other material weaknesses will
not result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements.

It should  be  noted  that  any  system  of  controls,  however  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  and  not  absolute  assurance that the
objectives of the system are met. In addition, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain  assumptions about the likelihood of certain events.
Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attestation
Report
of
the
Independent
Registered
Public
Accounting
Firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial
reporting.  Our  management’s  report  was  not  subject  to  attestation  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  pursuant  to  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  that
permanently exempted smaller reporting companies from the auditor attestation requirement.

Changes
in
Internal
Control
Over
Financial
Reporting

An evaluation was performed under the supervision of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of whether
any  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  the  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  occurred  during  the  quarter  ended
March  31,  2017.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  concluded  that  there  were  no
changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially  affect, our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Subsequently,  on April  12,  2017, we  hired  Mr.  Gold  as  our  Chief  Financial
Officer.

Item 9B.

Other Information

Subsequent  to  the  period  ended  March  31,  2017  the  Company  issued  eight,  6%  unsecured  notes  payable  to  investors  for  total  cash  proceeds  of
$1,595,000.  These  notes  are  due  between  April  2018  and  May  2018.  The  noteholders  shall  in  their  sole  discretion  have  the  option  to  convert  all  outstanding
principal and interest into the Company’s common stock before the maturity date at a conversion price per share based upon the Company’s current valuation, as
determined by the Board of Directors. If the Company raises a minimum of $5,000,000 (excluding the amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross
proceeds from an equity financing in one or more closings prior to the maturity date, the noteholders will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal
and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing at 75% of the issuance price of the securities issued in such financing. In addition, the
noteholders received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 797,500 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share with a relative
fair  value  of  $723,533.  As  of  the  issuance  dates  of  these  notes,  the  effective  conversion  price  was  $0.91,  and  the  market  price  of  the  shares  on  the  date  of
conversion was approximately $1.67 per share. As such, the Company expects to recognize a beneficial conversion feature of $723,533. As a result, the Company
expects to record a note discount of $1,447,066 to account for the relative fair value of the warrants and the notes’ beneficial conversion features which will be
amortized as interest expense over the term of the notes.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current executive officers and directors as of June 9, 2017:

Name
Executive Officers
Robert S. Ellin
Jerome N. Gold
Douglas Schaer
Blake Indursky
Schuyler Hoversten
Non-Employee Directors
Jay Krigsman

Executive Officers

Age

52
71
45
45
35

52

Position

  Executive Chairman, President, Chairman of the Board and Director
  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President
  Chief Operating Officer
  Chief Business Officer and Executive Vice President
  Chief Revenue Officer

  Director

Robert S. Ellin.  Mr. Ellin has served as our Executive Chairman and President and a director since September 2011. Mr. Ellin formerly served as our
Chief Executive Officer from September 9, 2011 to April 30, 2014 and as our Chief Financial Officer from April 26, 2012 until September 30, 2013. Mr. Ellin has
more than 20 years of investment and turnaround experience. He is Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Trinad Capital. Trinad Capital is our principal
stockholder and a hedge fund dedicated to investing in micro-cap public companies. Mr. Ellin served as a member of the board of directors from February 2005 to
September 2013, and as Executive Chairman from December 2011 to April 2013, of Mandalay Digital Group, Inc. He has also served on the Board of Governors at
Cedars-Sinai Hospital in Los Angeles, California since March 2007. Prior to joining Trinad Capital, Mr. Ellin was the founder and President of Atlantis Equities,
Inc. (“Atlantis”), a private investment company. Founded in 1990, Atlantis actively managed an investment portfolio of small capitalization public companies as
well as select private company investments. Mr. Ellin played an active role in Atlantis investee companies including board representation, management selection,
corporate  finance  and  other  advisory  services.  Through  Atlantis  and  related  companies,  he  spearheaded  investments  into  THQ,  Inc.,  Grand  Toys,  Forward
Industries, Inc. (FORD), Majesco Entertainment and iWon.com. Mr. Ellin also completed a leveraged buyout of S&S Industries, Inc. where he served as President
from  1996  to  1998.  S&S  Industries  was  one  of  the  largest  manufacturers  in  the  world  of  underwires  which  had  strong  partnerships  with  leading  companies
including Bally’s, Maidenform, and Sara Lee. Prior to founding Atlantis Equities, Mr. Ellin worked in Institutional Sales at LF Rothschild and was Manager of
Retail Operations at Lombard Securities. Mr. Ellin received his BBA degree from Pace University.

Our board  of  directors  has  concluded  that  Mr.  Ellin  is  well-qualified  to  serve  on  our  board  of  directors  and  has  the  requisite  qualifications,  skills and
perspectives  based  on,  among  other  factors,  him  being  the  Managing  Director  and  Portfolio  Manager  of  Trinad  Capital,  our  controlling  stockholder,  and  his
extensive business, investment, finance and public company experience, particularly in investing in micro-cap public companies.

Jerome N. Gold.  Mr. Gold has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President since April 2017. From October 2015 to April 2017,
Mr.  Gold  was  Managing  Director  at  Pacific  Capital  Partners  LLC,  an  investment  firm  arranging  debt  and  equity  financing  for  real  estate,  technology  and
entertainment  ventures.  From  July  2013  to  April  2017,  Mr.  Gold  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Biometrics  Technology  International  Inc.,  a  start-up
company which he co-founded, that developed patented authentication and security technology to replace passwords using facial, voice, fingerprint and signature
recognition  to  control  access  to  valuable  and  confidential  information.  From  July  2011  to  June  2013,  Mr.  Gold  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Bonded
Services,  one  of  the  leading  providers  of  asset  management  services  for  the  media  and  entertainment  market.  Mr.  Gold  has  been  a  music  and  entertainment
executive  for  the  past  37 years,  including  serving  as  the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Warner  Music  Group  for  nearly  a  decade.  In
addition to his responsibilities as Warner Music’s Chief Financial Officer, he extended his focus to strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions and joint ventures.
Mr. Gold also managed  Warner  Music’s investment  in Columbia House, a direct  marketing  joint venture with Sony Music, and was a member  of the board of
directors. Mr. Gold was also a partner at Ernst & Young for 12 years and led the firm’s media and entertainment practice where he was responsible for clients like
Time Warner, PolyGram, Boston Ventures and Silver Screen Partners. Mr. Gold received his BBA in Business Administration from Baruch College and passed the
Certified Public Accountant exam.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Douglas Schaer.  Mr. Schaer  has served  as our Chief Operating Officer  since May 2017. Mr. Schaer  has also been involved  with  us in an advisory
capacity  since  January  2016,  providing  strategic  guidance  and  introductions,  and  in  the  process  crafting  and  managing  effective  marketing  and  operational
solutions. An experienced entrepreneur and business strategist, Mr. Schaer specializes in franchise asset development and foundation building in the entertainment
and sports genres. From July 2011 to April 2017, Mr. Schaer served as Chief Operating Officer for Hero Ventures, an innovative live entertainment production and
touring  company.  He  continues  to  serve  on  its  board  of  directors.  Prior  to  launching  Hero  Ventures,  Mr.  Schaer  co-founded  Silent  Partner  Media,  a  boutique,
creative marketing and consulting firm with a distinctive entertainment, sports and music industry client list, after a long stint as a certified player agent by the
Major League Baseball Players Association (since 1998), where he was regarded for his expertise in the niche area of Baseball Salary Arbitration preparation and
litigation. Mr. Schaer earned a BA in Government from Wesleyan University, and holds a JD from the University of Southern California Gould School of Law and
was admitted to the California Bar.

Blake Indursky .  Mr. Indursky was appointed as our Executive Vice Chairman and Senior Vice President of Operations on October 6, 2015, which title
was changed to Chief Business Officer and Executive Vice President on May 7, 2016. Mr. Indursky was a member of our Advisory Board from August 2015 until
October 2016. Mr. Indursky has over 20 years of experience as an executive in various music and technology companies. Mr. Indursky was President of Flying
Point Ventures, LLC, a brand marketing, live event, and online and emerging technology advisory firm, from 2009 to 2014. Between 2006 and 2008, Mr. Indursky
was Director Acquisitions for RAL Companies where he purchased New York properties for development of luxury residential  apartments  and condominiums.
Prior to that, Mr. Indursky served as Vice President of Sony Music Entertainment from 2001 to 2004 and was employed in various executive capacities with Sony
Music since 1991. Mr. Indursky is a member of both the New York and New Jersey State Bars and received a JD in Law from Hofstra University and a BA in
Liberal Arts from American University.

Schuyler Hoversten .  Mr. Hoversten has served as LiveXLive’s Chief Revenue Officer since October 2015 and our Chief Revenue Officer since May
2017.  Mr.  Hoversten  has  over  10  years  of  business  and  revenue  development  experience  on  his  side,  having  previously  served  as  the  Director  of  Revenue
Development for the Los Angeles Dodgers from 2009 to 2014. He previously served as Vice President of Business Development for the Colorado Crush Arena
Football  Team  working  directly  for  Hall  of  Fame  Quarterback  and  entrepreneur,  John  Elway.  Prior  to  joining  our  team,  Mr.  Hoversten  served  as  the  Team
President of the LA KISS arena football team from 2013 to 2015 and reported directly to, and leveraged the brands of, iconic artists like Gene Simmons and Paul
Stanley. At LA KISS, Mr. Hoversten oversaw all aspects of the business, including sponsorship, ticketing, game day operations, marketing and merchandise. He
has a BA in Marketing from University of Colorado Boulder.

Non-Employee Directors

Jay Krigsman .  Mr. Krigsman has served as a director of our Company since April 26, 2012. Mr. Krigsman has been the Executive Vice President and
Asset  Manager  of  The  Krausz  Companies  since  1992,  where  he  assists  in  property  acquisitions,  oversees  the  company’s  property  management  team  and  is
responsible  for  developing  and  implementing  strategic  leasing  programs.  Prior  to  joining  The  Krausz  Companies,  Mr.  Krigsman  had  the  senior  leasing
responsibilities  for  Birtcher  Development  Co.  Mr.  Krigsman  holds  a  Certified  Commercial  Investment  Member  designation  from  the  CCIM  Institute,  a  Sr.
Certified Leasing Specialist designation from the International Council of Shopping Centers and holds a California Real Estate Broker’s License. Mr. Krigsman
currently serves on the board of directors of Trinad Capital, our principal stockholder. Mr. Krigsman received a BA in Business Administration from the University
of Maryland.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Krigsman is well-qualified to serve on our board of directors and has the requisite qualifications, skills and
perspectives  based  on,  among  other  factors,  his  professional  background  and  experience  in  acquisitions  and  management  and  him  being  the  Executive  Vice
President and Asset Manager of The Krausz Companies for over 20 years.

Key Employees and Consultants

Phil Quartararo — President , LiveXLive — former head of several major record labels, including serving as President of both Warner Bros Records and

EMI; credited with launching Virgin Records America including helping launch careers for artists such as Lenny Kravitz, Coldplay and Janet Jackson.

Peter Malkin —  Senior  Vice  President  of  Artist  Relations  —  veteran  talent  manager  and  artists  and  repertoire  executive  who  has  overseen  platinum-
selling  artists  such  as  The  Fugees,  Wyclef,  Lauryn  Hill,  Joan  Osborne,  and  Vanessa  Carlton;  most  recently  ran  talent  relations  for  Live  Nation,  specifically
focusing on digital and livestreaming initiatives.

Arthur Indursky — Chief Advisor to the Executive Chairman and President — prominent media, entertainment and tech industry attorney and advisor;

founding partner of a well-regarded law firm, which began in the mid-1970s as Grubman & Indursky, a boutique music industry law firm.

James  Lefkowitz  —  Co-President  ,  LXL  Studios  —  Executive  Producer  of  Emmy  Award  winning  documentary  “When  The  Garden  Was  Eden”  and
Golden Globe nominated “Love and Mercy”; Previously President and Chief Operating Officer of Mandalay Media, an agent at CAA, a film financier at Cantor
Fitzgerald and an executive at The Walt Disney Studios.

Roger Mincheff — Co-President , LXL Studios — Big Boots founder formerly ran Relativity Medias digital studio division; previously the President of

Myspace Entertainment and Senior Vice President of Branded Entertainment for Fox Filmed Entertainment, where he helped launch Fox Digital Studios.

Advisory Board

To complement  our  management  team  and  board  of  directors,  our  Company  features  an  active  Advisory  Board,  each  of  whom  are  renowned  in their
respective fields and are considered thought leaders in the entertainment industry by their peers, further enhance our credibility and provide invaluable strategic
guidance and introductions to the Company. Members of the Advisory Board serve for a one-year term and in consideration for their services receive certain equity
awards.  The  Advisory  Board  is  available  to  provide  advice,  networking  and  guidance  on  any  number  of  issues  in  a  particular  field  of  expertise.  Our  Advisory
Board members have experience in the media and entertainment industries as follows:

Steven Bornstein — Former Chief Executive Officer of ESPN and NFL Network.

Jason Flom — Chief Executive Officer of Lava Records; former Chief Executive Officer of Atlantic Records and Virgin Records.

Chris McGurk — Former Chief Operating Officer of MGM and Universal Pictures; former President of Walt Disney Motion Picture Group.

Hank Neuberger — Lead Producer of Coachella, Lollapalooza, Austin City Limits, Bonnaroo music festivals.

Andy Schuon — Co-Founder of Revolt TV; past Executive Vice President of Programming, MTV and VH1; former President of LiveNation.

Tim Spengler — Former President of Clear Channel Media and InterPublic Group.

Terms of Office

Our directors are appointed for a one-year term to hold office until the next annual general meeting of our stockholders or until removed from office in
accordance with our Bylaws and, following our expected reincorporation in Delaware, the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our directors hold
office  after  the expiration  of his or her term  until  his  or her successor  is elected  and qualified,  or until he or she resigns or is removed in accordance  with our
Bylaws or the provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes (or the Delaware General Corporation Law, if and when it becomes applicable to us).

Our officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until removed by our board of directors at any time for any reason.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Independence

Our board of directors has reviewed the independence of our directors based on the listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market. Based on this review,
the board of directors determined that Mr. Krigsman is independent within the meaning of The Nasdaq Capital Market rules. In making this determination, our
board  of  directors  considered  the  relationships  that  Mr.  Krigsman  has  with  us  and  all  other  facts  and  circumstances  our  board  of  directors  deemed  relevant  in
determining  his  independence.  We  expect  to  add  additional  independent  directors  in  connection  with  completing  of  the  Public  Offering.  When  such  additional
independent  directors  are  added,  we  anticipate  that  our  independent  directors  will  meet  in  regularly  scheduled  executive  sessions  at  which  only  independent
directors are present.

Board Committees

Our board of directors acts as the audit committee and our board of directors currently has no separate committees. We do not currently have the capital
resources to pay director fees to a qualified independent expert who would be willing to serve on our board of directors and who would be willing to act as an audit
committee financial expert. In connection with the consummation of the Public Offering, we intend to add additional independent directors, including such an audit
committee financial  expert. In connection with  the  consummation  of  the  Public  Offering,  our  board  of  directors  plans  to  establish  the  following  three  standing
committees: audit committee; compensation committee; and nominating and corporate governance committee, or nominating committee, and adopt written charters
for each of these committees. Upon completion of the Public Offering, copies of the charters will be available on our website. Our board of directors may establish
other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Board Leadership Structure

Currently, the office of President and Executive Chairman of the Board are held by Robert Ellin. Due to our size and early stage of operations, we believe

it is currently most effective to have the Chairman of the Board and President positions be held by the same individual.

Risk Oversight

Our board  of  directors  is  primarily  responsible  for  overseeing  our  risk  management  processes.  The  board  of  directors  receives  and  reviews periodic
reports  from  management,  auditors,  legal  counsel,  and  others,  as  considered  appropriate  regarding  our  company’s  assessment  of  risks.  Our  board  of  directors
focuses  on  the  most  significant  risks  facing  our  company  and  our  company’s  general  risk  management  strategy,  and  also  ensures  that  risks  undertaken  by  our
Company are consistent with the board’s appetite for risk. While our board of directors oversees our Company’s risk management, our management is responsible
for day-to-day risk management processes. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks facing our Company
and that our board leadership structure supports this approach.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, our directors and executive officers have not been involved in any of the following events during the past ten years:

●

●

●

●

●

●

any bankruptcy petition filed by or against such person or any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the
time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently
or temporarily enjoining him from or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities or to be associated
with any person practicing in banking or securities activities;

being found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action, the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a Federal
or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

being subject of, or a party to, any Federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended
or  vacated,  relating  to  an  alleged  violation  of  any  Federal  or  state  securities  or  commodities  law  or  regulation,  any  law  or  regulation  respecting
financial institutions or insurance companies, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity;
or

being  subject  of  or  party  to  any  sanction  or  order,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended,  or  vacated,  of  any  self-regulatory  organization,  any
registered entity or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated
with a member.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have  not  yet  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions because of the small number of persons involved in the management of our Company. Our
board of directors intends to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees. Upon completion of the Public
Offering, a copy of this code will be available on our website. We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
and any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer,
controller or persons performing similar functions.

Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Our common stock is not yet registered under the Exchange Act. When we do register our common stock under the Exchange Act, Section 16(a) of the
Exchange Act will require our directors, executive officers and holders of 10% or more of our common stock to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and
reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and any other equity securities.

Nominations to the Board of Directors

General
 —  Our directors  take  a  critical  role  in guiding  our strategic  direction  and oversee  the management  of the  Company.  Our board of  directors’
candidates  are  considered  based  upon  various  criteria,  such  as  their  broad-based  business  and  professional  skills  and  experiences,  a  global  business  and  social
perspective, concern for the long-term interests of the shareholders, diversity, and personal integrity and judgment. In addition, directors must have time available
to devote to our board of directors activities and to enhance their knowledge of our business. Accordingly, we seek to attract and retain highly qualified directors
who have sufficient time to attend to their substantial duties and responsibilities to our Company.

We have no separate nominating committee at this time. Due to the small size of our board of directors, we believe that currently it is appropriate and

most efficient for our entire board of directors to execute the functions that a separate nominating committee would typically perform.

Changes
to
the
Procedures
by
Which
Security
Holders
May
Recommend
Nominees
to
Our
Board
of
Directors
 — During the year ended March 31, 2017,

there were no material changes to the procedures by which our security holders may recommend nominees to our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between or among any of our directors or executive officers or persons nominated or chosen by us to become directors or

executive officers.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers (the “Named

Executive Officers”) as of March 31, 2017, were:

● Robert Ellin, Executive Chairman, President and Director;

● David R. Wells, Interim Principal Financial Officer; and

● Blake Indursky, Executive Vice Chairman and Senior Vice President of Operations.

56

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, compensation awarded or paid to our Named Executive Officers at

March 31, 2017.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position  
Robert Ellin,
Executive
Chairman,
President
&
Director
(2)

David R. Wells,
Interim
Principal
Financial
Officer
(4)

Blake Indursky,
Executive
Vice
Chairman
&    
SVP
of
Operations
(7)

Fiscal Year 
ended 

March 31   
2017
2016

Bonus 
($)

Salary 
($)
360,000(3)  
360,000(3)  

Stock 
Awards 
($)

Option 
Awards 
($)

—   
—   

— 
— 

2017
2016

2017
2016

95,000(5)  
23,000(5)  

—   

83,500(6)  
— 

120,000 
58,387 

—   
—   

100,000(8)  
250,000(8)  

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation
Earnings 
($)

All Other 
Compensation
($) (1)

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

Total 
($)
360,000 
360,000 

—   
—   

—   
—   

178,500 
23,000 

—   
     —   

—   
     —   

—   
     —   

220,000 
308,387 

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

(1) The  amount  of  perquisites  and  other  personal  benefits  has  been  excluded  as  the  total  value  of  perquisites  and  other  personal  benefits  for  each  Named

Executive Officer per year was less than $10,000.

(2) Mr. Ellin has served as our Executive Chairman and President and as a director since September 9, 2011.
(3) The  amounts  shown  in  the  “Salary”  column  represent  payments  by  us  to  Trinad  Management,  the  manager  of  Trinad  Capital  and  one  of  our  principal
stockholders, pursuant to the Management Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2011. Mr. Ellin is the Managing Member of Trinad Management. Pursuant
to the terms of the Management Agreement, Trinad Management provided certain management services to us, including, without limitation, relating to the
sourcing, structuring and negotiation of a potential business combination involving our Company, in consideration of (i) an aggregate cash fee of $2,080,000,
which was payable in $90,000 increments in advance of each consecutive 3-month period during the term of the Management Agreement and with $1,000,000
due at the end of the 3-year term, which was paid during March and April 2017, and (ii) issuance of a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares of our common
stock at an exercise price of $0.075 per share, which was issued in September 2011. In August 2016, the warrant was exercised in full on a cashless basis,
resulting  in  the  issuance  of  2,148,648  shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  term  of  the  Management  Agreement  expired  on  September  23,  2014,  and  Trinad
Management continues to provide services to us for a cash fee of $30,000 per month on a month-to-month basis pursuant to an unwritten arrangement. We
intend  to  terminate  the  unwritten  arrangement  with  Trinad  Management  and  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Ellin  prior  to  the  completion  of  the
Public Offering.

(4) Mr. Wells served as our Interim Principal Financial Officer since March 15, 2016. Mr. Wells resigned from the position of Interim Principal Financial Officer

effective as of April 12, 2017 and continues to provide services to the Company as a consultant.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  


   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
    
   
   
  
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  


   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
(5) Amounts shown in the “Salary” column represent cash payments made by us to StoryCorp Consulting (d/b/a Wells Compliance Group), an entity which Mr.
Wells  controls  (“StoryCorp  Consulting”),  during  the  portion  of  our  2016  fiscal  year  in  which  he  served  as  our  Interim  Principal  Financial  Officer  in
consideration for such services, and for the entire 2017 fiscal year.

(6) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 of a restricted stock award consisting of 50,000 shares of
our common stock made in November 2016, pursuant to a consultant agreement between the Company and Mr. Wells in lieu of the shares due monthly to
StoryCorp Consulting under its services agreement with us. The value of the stock award was partially accounted for in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016
and granted during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. In light of the very limited trading of our common stock, such aggregate grant date fair value was
determined at the time based on the most recent price of $1.67 per share, the price at which we sold our common stock in a private placement around the same
time as the grant date. The amount previously reported in the “Stock Awards” column of the Company’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K has been adjusted
to reflect the grant date fair value of this grant in this table.

(7) Mr. Indursky was appointed as our Executive Vice Chairman and Senior Vice President of Operations on October 6, 2015. Mr. Indursky’s title was changed

to Chief Business Officer and Executive Vice President on May 7, 2017.

(8) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 of a restricted stock award consisting of 700,000 shares of
our common stock issued to Mr. Indursky, 500,000 of which were issued during the 2016 fiscal year, and 200,000 of which were issued during the 2017 fiscal
year, pursuant to his employment agreement. In light of the very limited trading of our common stock, such aggregate grant date fair value was determined at
the time based on the most recent price at which we sold our common stock in a private placement around the same time as the grant date, which was $0.50
per share for the initial 500,000 shares issued during the 2016 fiscal year and $0.50 per share for the 200,000 shares issued during the 2017 fiscal year. The
number of shares discussed in this footnote has been adjusted for the 2-for-1 forward split of our common stock in the form of a dividend, which was effected
on September 27, 2016. The amount reported as compensation for Mr. Indursky in 2016 has been corrected from the amount reported in our previously filed
2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K to the actual amount of compensation recorded.

Employment and Consulting Agreements

Robert
 Ellin
 —  On  September  23,  2011,  we  entered  into  a  Management  Agreement  (the  “Management  Agreement”)  with  Trinad  Management,  the
manager of Trinad Capital, which is one of our principal stockholders. Mr. Ellin is the Managing Director and Portfolio Manager of Trinad Management. Pursuant
to  the  terms  of  the  Management  Agreement,  Trinad  Management  provided  certain  management  services  to  us,  in  consideration  of  (i)  an  aggregate  cash  fee  of
$2,080,000, which was payable in $90,000 increments in advance of each consecutive 3-month period during the term of the Management Agreement and with
$1,000,000 due at the end of the initial 3-year term, which was paid during March and April 2017, and (ii) the issuance of a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares
of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.075 per share. In August 2016, the warrant was exercised in full on a cashless basis, resulting in the issuance of
2,148,648 shares of our common stock. The initial term of the Management Agreement has expired and Trinad Management continues to provide services to us for
a cash fee of $30,000 a month, on a month-to-month basis pursuant to an unwritten arrangement. From April 1, 2015 to March 31, 2017, we incurred $720,000 of
fees under the unwritten arrangement, and we incurred $90,000 of fees under the unwritten arrangement from April 1, 2017 to June 9, 2017. We intend to terminate
the unwritten arrangement upon the completion of our offering.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
David
R.
Wells
— On March 15, 2016, we entered into a 4-month consulting agreement with StoryCorp Consulting, an entity which Mr. Wells controls,
pursuant  to  which  we  made  periodic  payments  to  StoryCorp  Consulting  in  connection  with  his  service  as  the  Interim  Principal  Financial  Officer  and  other
accounting and financial services that Mr. Wells provided to us. In consideration therefor, we agreed to pay approximately $30,000 during the 4-month term and
$300  per  hour  for  services  rendered  beyond  the  scope  of  the  agreement.  At  the  end  of  the  initial  4-month  term,  the  consulting  agreement  was  continued  on  a
month-to-month basis on the same terms. In November 2016, pursuant to a consulting agreement between the Company and Mr. Wells, effective November 17,
2016, StoryCorp Consulting received a one-time grant of 50,000 shares of our common stock in lieu of the shares of our common stock that were due monthly to
StoryCorp  Consulting.  Mr.  Wells  resigned  from  the  position  of  our  Interim  Principal  Financial  Officer  effective  as  of  April  12,  2017.  Mr.  Wells  continues  to
provide us certain accounting and other financial services pursuant to the consulting agreement with StoryCorp Consulting.

Blake
Indursky
— On October 6, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Indursky to serve as our Executive Vice Chairman and Senior
Vice  President  of  Operations,  which  title  was  changed  to  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Business  Officer  on  May  7,  2017.  Mr.  Indursky’s  employment
agreement provided for an initial 12-month term, subject to automatic renewal on an annual basis unless terminated by either party thereto. Under his employment
agreement, we (i) pay Mr. Indursky an annual base salary of $120,000 and (ii) issued to Mr. Indursky restricted stock awards for 500,000 shares of our common
stock in fiscal year 2016. The base salary is subject to periodic merit reviews which may be increased but not decreased in our sole discretion. Such merit reviews
may  include  a  bonus  in  the  form  of  stock  or  cash  compensation  in  our  discretion.  In  October  2016,  Mr.  Indursky’s  employment  agreement  was  automatically
renewed for another year on the same terms, other than the provision relating to grants of shares of our common stock. In addition, Mr. Indursky received a one-
time grant of 200,000 shares of our common stock in the 2017 fiscal year in contemplation of his employment agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2017

All of the outstanding equity awards granted to our Named Executive Officers were fully vested as of March 31, 2017.

On August 29, 2016, our board of directors and stockholders approved our 2016 Plan, which reserves a total of 22,800,000 shares of our common stock
for issuance under the 2016 Plan. Incentive awards authorized under the 2016 Plan include, but are not limited to, restricted stock and stock options. During the
fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, no stock options, shares of our common stock or other awards have been issued under the 2016 Plan.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-In-Control

Blake
Indursky
— Pursuant to Mr. Indursky’s employment agreement with us, in the event we terminate Mr. Indursky’s employment other than for Cause
(as defined in his employment agreement), his employment is terminated due to death or disability or he resigns for Good Reason (as defined in his employment
agreement), we will be obligated to pay him the pro-rata portion of his base salary of $120,000 for the date of termination to the end of his applicable 12-month
employment period.

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2017

Name
Jay Krigsman

Fees earned 
 or paid in 
cash 
($)

Stock 
awards 
($)

Option 
awards 
($)

All other 
compensation
($)

Total 
($)

—     

—     

—     

—     

— 

There was no compensation paid to our non-employee director during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. Non-employee director compensation for a
new director is determined  on an ad hoc basis by the existing members of our board of directors at the time a director is elected. Currently, our non-employee
director does not receive any compensation for his services on our board of directors, other than an initial grant of 200,000 shares of our common stock, which was
made in 2013.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We have no compensation committee, and during the year ended March 31, 2017, our directors and officers participated in deliberations of our board of
directors regarding officer compensation. During the year ended March 31, 2017, no executive officer of our Company (i) served as a member of the compensation
committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of
whose  executive  officers  served  on  our  board  of  directors,  (ii)  served  as  a  director  of  another  entity,  one  of  whose  executive  officers  served  on  our  board  of
directors,  or  (iii)  served  as  a  member  of  the  compensation  committee  (or  other  committee  performing  equivalent  functions  or,  in  the  absence  of  any  such
committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director of our Company. 

Narrative Disclosure of Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to the Company’s Risk Management

We believe  that  our compensation  policies  and practices  for all  employees  and  other  individual  service  providers,  including  executive  officers, do not

create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Recent Employment Agreements

Subsequent to March 31, 2017, we entered into the following employment agreements with certain of our executive officers.

Jerome
Gold
— In April 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gold for a term of two years at an annual salary of $120,000. Mr.
Gold was granted 300,000 shares of our common stock valued at $501,000 that will vest in equal tranches over the 24-month term of the employment agreement.
Mr. Gold will also receive a cash bonus of $100,000 upon the closing of the Public Offering. If Mr. Gold’s employment is terminated by us without “Cause” or by
Mr. Gold for “Good Reason” (each as defined in his employment agreement, subject to our right to cure), he will be entitled to termination benefits, pursuant to
which (i) we will continue to pay Mr. Gold his base salary through the remainder of the term of his employment and (ii) the restricted stock award granted under
the employment agreement will accelerate and become fully vested upon such termination. Mr. Gold’s employment agreement contains covenants for the benefit
of  our  Company  relating  to  non-competition  during  the  term  of  his  employment  and  protection  of  our  confidential  information,  customary  representations  and
warranties and indemnification obligations.

Douglas
Schaer
—
In May 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Schaer for a term of two years at an annual salary of $180,000,
which  shall  increase  to  $240,000  upon  the  closing  of  an  underwritten  public  offering  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  In  addition,  Mr.  Schaer  was  granted
400,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  that  will  vest  in  increments,  with  the  first  tranche  of  200,000  shares  vesting  12  months  from  the  effective  date  of  the
employment agreement and the remaining number of shares vesting monthly thereafter, with 100% vesting over the 24-month term of the employment agreement.
Mr. Schaer is also eligible, at the discretion of the board of directors, to receive an annual performance bonus. If Mr. Schaer’s employment is terminated by us
without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason, subject to a 30-day cure period (each as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Schaer would be entitled to
certain payments subject to certain forfeiture conditions set forth in his employment agreement. Mr. Schaer’s employment agreement contains covenants for our
benefit relating to non-competition during the term of employment and the applicable severance period thereafter and protection of our confidential information,
customary representations and warranties and indemnification obligations.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Joseph
Schnaier
— In May 2017, LXL Tickets entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Schnaier in connection with the Wantickets Acquisition
for a term of two years at an annual salary of $220,000. Mr. Schnaier will receive a bonus of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock if LXL Tickets earns net
income (as defined in his employment agreement) of $3 million in the twelve months following the effective date of the employment agreement or net income of
$4  million  in  the  twelve  months  thereafter.  Mr.  Schnaier  is  also  eligible,  at  the  discretion  of  the  board  of  directors  of  LXL  Tickets,  to  receive  an  annual
performance bonus. If Mr. Schnaier’s employment is terminated by LXL Tickets without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (each as defined in his employment
agreement), Mr. Schnaier  would be entitled  to receive  his  annual  base salary  then  in effect  for a period  of 12 months  commencing  on the  effective  date of his
termination (the “JS Severance Period”), plus any accrued but unused vacation and a pro-rata performance bonus. For the duration of the JS Severance Period, Mr.
Schnaier will also be eligible to participate in LXL Tickets’ group health plan, if any, on the same terms applicable to similarly situated active employees during
the JS Severance Period, provided Mr. Schnaier was participating in such plan immediately prior to the date termination of employment, and each other benefit
program to  the  extent  permitted  under  the  terms  of  such  program,  provided,  that  he  is  not  in  material  breach  of  the  terms  of  the  employment  agreement. Mr.
Schnaier’s  employment  agreement  contains  covenants  for  the  benefit  of  LXL  Tickets  relating  to  non-competition  during  the  term  of  employment  and  the  JS
Severance Period thereafter and protection of LXL Tickets’ confidential information, customary representations and warranties and indemnification obligations.

Richard
Blakeley
— In May 2017, LXL Tickets entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Blakeley in connection with the Wantickets Acquisition
for a term of two years at an annual salary of $160,000. Mr. Blakeley will also receive a number of shares of our common stock equal to $15,000 each year, which
shares shall vest on the first anniversary of his employment date. If Mr. Blakeley’s  employment is terminated by LXL Tickets without Cause or he resigns for
Good Reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Blakeley would be entitled to receive his annual base salary then in effect for a period of 12
months commencing on the effective date of his termination (the “RB Severance Period”), plus any accrued but unused vacation, as well as a pro-rata bonus (if
any). For the duration of the RB Severance Period, Mr. Blakeley will also be eligible to participate in LXL Tickets’ group health plan, if any, on the same terms
applicable to similarly situated active employees during the RB Severance Period, provided Mr. Blakeley was participating in such plan immediately prior to the
date of employment termination, and each other benefit program to the extent permitted under the terms of such program, provided that Mr. Blakeley is not in
material breach of the terms of the employment agreement. Mr. Blakeley’s employment agreement contains covenants for the benefit of LXL Tickets relating to
non-competition  during  the  term  of  employment  and  the  RB  Severance  Period  thereafter  and  protection  of  LXL  Tickets’  confidential  information, customary
representations and warranties and indemnification obligations. 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

●

●

●

●

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

each of our directors;

each of our Named Executive Officers; and

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership are based on 108,082,599 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 9, 2017.

The  following  table  is  based  upon  information  supplied  by  to  us  by  our  officers,  directors  and  certain  principal  stockholders.  We  have  determined
beneficial  ownership in accordance  with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute  beneficial  ownership of securities  to persons  who possess  sole or
shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock that the person has the right to
acquire  beneficial  ownership  within  60  days,  including  common  stock  issuable  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  warrants  that  are  either  immediately  exercisable  or
exercisable on or before August 8, 2017, which is 60 days after June 9, 2017. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person
holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment
power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Except as  otherwise  noted  below,  the  address  for  each  person  or  entity  listed  in  the  table  is  c/o  Loton,  Corp,  269  South  Beverly  Drive,  Suite #1450,

Beverly Hills, CA 90212.

Name and address of beneficial owner
5% or greater stockholders
Robert S. Ellin and his affiliates (1)
Maile Moore (2)
Robert Ellin Family Trust (3) 

629 Oakhurst Drive, Beverly Hills, CA 90210

Sandor Capital Master Fund (4) 

2828 Routh St., Suite 500, Dallas, TX 75201

Primary Investments LLC 

105 Ocean Front Walk, Venice, CA 90291

Directors and Named Executive Officers
Robert S. Ellin (1)
Jerome N. Gold (5)
Douglas Schaer (5)
Blake Indursky (5)
Schuyler Hoversten (5)
Jay Krigsman (6)
All current executive officers and directors as a group (6 persons) (7)

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

Number of
Shares

%

45,247,086     
15,965,198     

10,082,474     

9,561,838     

6,591,060     

45,247,086     
315,000     
500,000     
700,000     
500,000     
2,795,135     
50,057,221     

41.9%
14.8%

9.3%

8.8%

6.1%

41.9%
* 
* 
* 
* 
2.6%
46.3%

(1) Represents  (i)  17,908,059  shares  of  our  common  stock  owned  by  Trinad  Capital,  as  Mr.  Ellin,  the  Managing  Director  and  Portfolio  Manager  of  Trinad
Capital, is deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over such shares, (ii) 3,256,773 shares of our common stock owned by Trinad Management, as
Mr. Ellin, the Managing Member of Trinad Management, is deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over such shares; and (iii) 20,442,628 shares of
our common stock owned by JJAT Corp. (“JJAT”), an entity owned by Mr. Ellin, as Mr. Ellin is deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over such
shares. Accordingly, securities owned by these entities may be regarded as being beneficially owned by Mr. Ellin. Mr. Ellin disclaims beneficial ownership in
the  shares  held  by  Trinad  Management  and  Trinad  Capital.  Does  not  include  12,310,496  shares  of  our  common  stock  held  by  a  family  trust  and  family
foundation as to which Mr. Ellin does not exercise voting or dispositive power.

(2) Represents (i) 2,011,018 shares of our common stock held by Ms. Moore in her individual capacity; (ii) 3,871,706

shares of our common stock held by the Robert and Nancy Ellin Family Foundation (the “Foundation”), as Ms. Moore, the trustee of the Foundation, holds
voting and dispositive power over such shares; and (iii) 10,082,474 shares of our common stock held by the Robert Ellin Family Trust, as Ms. Moore, the
trustee of the Robert Ellin Family Trust, holds voting and dispositive power over such shares. Accordingly, securities owned by the Foundation and the Robert
Ellin  Family  Trust  may  be  regarded  as  being  beneficially  owned  by  Ms.  Moore.  Ms.  Moore  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  in  the  shares  held  by  the
Foundation and the Family Trust.

(3) Maile M. Moore, the spouse of Robert S. Ellin, is the trustee of the Robert Ellin Family Trust and holds voting and dispositive power over the shares held by

the trust.  The shares held by the Robert Ellin Family Trust are also included in Ms. Moore’s total beneficial ownership discussed in footnote 2 above.

(4) Based on information available to us, John Lemak as the principal of Sandor Capital Master Fund, is believed to have sole voting and dispositive power over

the reported shares.

(5) The shares owned are subject to certain vesting schedules specified in the respective employment and consulting agreements of each of the executive officers.
Includes  2,514,674  shares  of  our  common  stock  held  by  the  Krigsman  Family  Trust,  as  Mr.  Krigsman,  a  trustee  of  the  trust,  holds  shared  voting  and
(6)
dispositive power over such shares. Mr. Krigsman disclaims beneficial ownership in the shares held by the trust.

(7) The shares held by Trinad Capital, Trinad Management and JJAT, which are deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Ellin, are counted only once in this

total.

62

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

On August 29, 2016, our board of directors and stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, which reserves a total of 22,800,000 shares of our common stock
for issuance under the 2016 Plan. As of March 31, 2017, no stock options, shares of our common stock or other awards have been issued under the 2016 Plan. As
described below, incentive awards authorized under the 2016 Plan include, but are not limited to, incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code. If an incentive award granted under the 2016 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or is forfeited, or if any shares are surrendered to us in connection with
the exercise of an incentive award, the shares subject to such award and the surrendered shares will become available for further awards under the 2016 Plan.

Administration
—
The compensation committee of our board of directors, or our board of directors in the absence of such a committee, will administer the
2016 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, the compensation committee or our board of directors has complete authority and discretion to determine the
terms upon which awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan.

Grants
—
The  2016  Plan  authorizes  the  grant  to  participants  of  nonqualified  stock  options,  incentive  stock  options,  restricted  stock awards, restricted

stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), as described below:

● Options granted under the 2016 Plan entitle the grantee, upon exercise, to purchase up to a specified number of shares from us at a specified exercise
price per share. The exercise price for shares of common stock covered by an option generally cannot be less than the fair market value of common
stock  on  the  date  of  grant  unless  agreed  to  otherwise  at  the  time  of  the  grant.  In  addition,  in  the  case  of  an  incentive  stock  option  granted  to  an
employee who, at the time the incentive stock option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of
our Company or any parent or subsidiary, the per share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the
date of grant.

● Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units may be awarded on terms and conditions established by the compensation committee or our board
of directors, which may include performance conditions for restricted stock awards and the lapse of restrictions on the achievement of one or more
performance goals for restricted stock units.

●

●

●

The compensation committee or our board of directors may make performance grants, each of which will contain performance goals for the award,
including the performance criteria, the target and maximum amounts payable, and other terms and conditions.

The 2016 Plan authorizes the granting of stock awards. The compensation committee or our board of directors will establish the number of shares of
our common stock to be awarded (subject to the aggregate limit established under the 2016 Plan upon the number of shares of our common stock that
may be awarded or sold under the 2016 Plan) and the terms applicable to each award, including performance restrictions.

SARs entitle the participant to receive a distribution in an amount not to exceed the number of shares of our common stock subject to the portion of
the SAR exercised multiplied by the difference between the market price of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise of the SAR and the
market price of a share of our common stock on the date of grant of the SAR.

Non-Transferability
of 
Awards 
—
 Unless  the  compensation  committee  provides  otherwise,  the  2016  Plan  generally  does  not  allow  for  the  transfer  of

awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain
Adjustments
—
In the event of certain  changes in our capitalization,  to prevent diminution or enlargement  of the benefits  or potential benefits
available  under  the  2016  Plan,  the  compensation  committee  will  adjust  the  number  and  class  of  shares  that  may  be  delivered  under  the  2016  Plan  and/or  the
number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2016 Plan.

Dissolution,
Liquidation
—
The 2016 Plan provides that in the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of our Company, to the extent it has not been

previously exercised, an award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

Merger,
 Change 
of 
Control 
—
 The  2016  Plan  provides  that  in  the  event  of  a  merger  or  a  change  of  control,  as  defined  under  the  2016  Plan,  each
outstanding  award  will  be  treated  as  the  compensation  committee  determines,  including,  without  limitation,  that  each  award  will  be  assumed  or  an  equivalent
option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Duration,
Amendment, 
and 
Termination 
—
 Our  board  of  directors  has  the  power  to  amend,  suspend  or  terminate  the  2016  Plan  without  stockholder
approval  or ratification  at  any time  or from  time  to time.  No change may  be made  that increases  the total  number of shares of our common stock reserved for
issuance pursuant to incentive awards or reduces the minimum exercise price for options or exchange of options for other incentive awards, unless such change is
authorized by our stockholders within one year of such change. Unless sooner terminated, the 2016 Plan would terminate ten years after it is adopted.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The following includes a summary of transactions since April 1, 2016 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction
exceeded  $120,000  (which  was  less  than  1%  of  the  average  of  our  total  assets  at  year-end  for  our  last  two  completed  fiscal  years),  and  in  which  any  of  our
directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the
foregoing  persons  had  or  will  have  a  direct  or  indirect  material  interest,  other  than  equity  and  other  compensation,  termination,  change  in  control  and  other
arrangements, which are described above under “Executive Compensation.”

Management Agreement

On September  23,  2011,  we  entered  into  the  Management  Agreement  with  Trinad  Management,  the  manager  of  Trinad  Capital,  which  is  one  of our
principal  stockholders.  Mr.  Ellin,  our  Executive  Chairman  and  President  and  a  principal  stockholder,  is  the  Managing  Member  of Trinad Management  and the
Managing  Director  and  Portfolio  Manager  of  Trinad  Capital.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Management  Agreement,  Trinad  Management  provides  certain
management services to us in consideration of (i) an aggregate cash fee of $2,080,000, which was payable in $90,000 increments in advance of each consecutive 3-
month period during the initial term of the Management Agreement and with $1,000,000 due at the end of the initial 3-year term, which was paid in March and
April  2017,  and  (ii)  an  issuance  of  a  warrant  to  purchase  2,250,000 shares  of  our  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $0.075 per  share.  In  August 2016, the
warrant was exercised in full on a cashless basis, resulting in the issuance of 2,148,648 shares of our common stock to Trinad Management. The initial term of the
Management  Agreement  has  expired  and  Trinad  Management  continues  to  provide  services  to  us  for  a  cash  fee  of  $30,000  per  month  on  a  month-to-month
pursuant to an unwritten arrangement. From April 1, 2015 to March 31, 2017, we incurred $720,000 of fees under the unwritten arrangement, and we incurred
$90,000 of fees under the unwritten arrangement from April 1, 2017 to June 9, 2017. We intend to terminate the Management Agreement upon the completion of
the Public Offering.

Amounts Due to Related Parties

Notes Issued to Related Parties and Related Warrants Exercise

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had the following  outstanding notes payable to Trinad Capital, a fund wholly owned by Mr. Ellin, the

Company’s Executive Chairman, President, director and principal stockholder, for both short and long term working capital requirements:

First Senior Note
Second Senior Note
6% Unsecured Convertible Note
Total

64

March 31, 
2017

  $

  $

-    $
-     
3,603,446     
3,603,446    $

March 31, 
2016
1,000,000 
1,784,000 
- 
2,784,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   


 
 
First
Senior
Note
—
Trinad
Capital
Master
Fund

On  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  senior  convertible  promissory  note  (the  “First  Senior  Note”)  with  Trinad  Capital  allowing  for

advances up to a maximum loan amount of $1,000,000, plus interest at the rate of 6% per annum on the unpaid principal amount of outstanding advances.

At the time the First Senior Note was made, Trinad Capital advanced $700,000 to the Company and had accrued $70,151 in unpaid interest. Pursuant to
the terms of the Senior Note, all outstanding unpaid principal and accrued interest was originally due and payable on June 30, 2016 or such later date as Trinad
Capital may agree to in writing unless, prior to such date, the First Senior Note has been repaid in full or Trinad Capital elects to convert all or any portion of the
then-outstanding loan balance into common stock of the Company in connection with the Company consummating an equity financing in excess of $5,000,000 or
greater as set forth in the terms of the First Senior Note. Subsequent to the making of the First Senior Note:

●

●

●

On January  27,  2015,  the  Company  and  Trinad  Capital  entered  into  an  amendment  to  the  First  Senior  Note,  effective  as  of  December  31, 2014,
pursuant to which: (1) the term of the First Senior Note was extended to June 30, 2016 and (2) the conversion price for conversion of the unpaid
balance and interest outstanding in connection with an equity financing was amended to be the price per share equal to the average price per share
paid by investors in such equity financing;

On February 5, 2015, the Company and Trinad Capital amended and restated the First Senior Note, effective as of December 31, 2014, to eliminate
the convertibility feature of the note was eliminated in its entirety; and

On April 21, 2016, the First Senior Note was further amended to extend its maturity date to June 30, 2017, or such later date as Trinad Capital may
agree to in writing. For extending the due date of the First Senior Note to June 30, 2017, the Company issued to Trinad Capital warrants to purchase
1,144,986 shares of its common stock, with an exercise price of $0.005 per share and expiration date of April 21, 2020. During the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2017, these warrants were fully exercised.

On February 21, 2017, the First Senior Note and accrued interest totaling $1,197,897 were converted into a 6% convertible unsecured convertible note
discussed below. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, $0 and $1,000,000 of principal was outstanding under the First Senior Note, respectively. Accrued interest of $0
and $140,555 is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as accrued interest payable, related party as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Second
Senior
Note
—
Trinad
Capital
Master
Fund

On April 8, 2015, the Company entered into a second senior promissory note (the “Second Senior Note”) with Trinad Capital in the amount of $195,500.
The Second Senior Note bears interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and all outstanding unpaid principal and accrued interest is due and payable on
June 30, 2016 or such later date as Trinad Capital may agree to in writing, unless prior to such date this note has been prepaid in full. During the year ended March
31, 2016, Trinad Capital made advances to the Company totaling $1,784,000. Subsequent to the making of the Second Senior Note:

●

●

●

On July 10, 2015, the Second Senior Note was amended and restated to increase the principal amount from $195,500 to the lesser of (i) $1,000,000
(the “Maximum Advance Amount”), or (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the advances;

On November 23, 2015, Second Senior Note was amended the Second Senior Note to increase the Maximum Advance Amount to $2,000,000; and

On April 26, 2016, the Second Senior Note was amended to increase the Maximum Advance Amount to $3,000,000 and to extend the maturity date
to June 30, 2017 or such later date as Trinad Capital may agree to in writing. For extending the due date of the Second Senior Note to June 30, 2017,
the Company issued to Trinad Capital warrants to purchase 2,207,768 shares of its common stock, with an exercise price of $0.005 per share and
expiration date of April 21, 2020. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, these warrants were fully exercised.

65

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amount  due  to  Trinad  Capital  under  the  Second  Senior  Note  was  $1,784,000  at  March  31,  2016.  During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2017,  Trinad
Capital made additional advances to the Company under the Second Senior Note totaling $820,100. The Company also made repayments  of the Second Senior
Note totaling $450,000 during year ended March 31, 2017. On February 21, 2017, the Second Senior Note and accrued interest totaling $2,383,180 were converted
in a 6% unsecured convertible note discussed below. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, $0 and $2,154,100 of principal was outstanding under the Second Senior
Note, respectively. Accrued interest of $0 and $87,048 is reflected on our consolidated balance sheet as accrued interest payable, related party as of March 31,
2017 and 2016, respectively.

6%
Unsecured
Convertible
Note
—
Trinad
Capital
Master
Fund

On February  21,  2017,  the  Company  issued  a  6%  unsecured  convertible  note  payable  to  Trinad  Capital  to  convert  aggregate  principal  and interest  of
$3,581,077 under the First and Second Senior Notes with Trinad Capital. This convertible note is due on March 31, 2018. Before its maturity, the noteholder shall
in its sole discretion have the option to convert all outstanding principal and interest into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price per share based upon
the Company’s current valuation, as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Additionally, if the Company raises a minimum of $5,000,000 (excluding
the amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross proceeds from an equity financing in one or more closings prior to the maturity date, Trinad Capital
will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing at 75% of the issuance price
of  the  securities  issued  in  such  financing.  In  addition,  Trinad  Capital  received  1,790,538  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an
exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants were exercised on February 28, 2017.

Related Party Unsecured Convertible Note Payable

Related Party Unsecured convertible notes payable at March 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

(A) 6% Unsecured Convertible Note – due September 13, 2018
(B) 6% Unsecured Convertible Note – due on March 31, 2018
Less accumulated amortization of Valuation Discount
Net

(A) Convertible
Note
—
JJAT

  $

  $

-    $
50,707     
(39,039)    
11,668    $

- 

- 
- 

On August 19, 2016, the Company issued a 6% unsecured convertible note payable to a related party for total principal amount of $55,000. This note was
due on September 30, 2018. On December 21, 2016, this note was repaid. Before its maturity, the noteholder had in its sole discretion the option to convert all
outstanding principal and interest into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price per share based upon our current valuation, as determined by our board
of  directors.  Additionally,  if  the  Company  raised  a  minimum  of  $5,000,000  (excluding  the  amount  converting  pursuant  to  the  note)  in  the  aggregate  in  gross
proceeds from an equity financing led by a reputable institutional investor in one or more closings prior to the maturity date, the noteholder will have the right to
convert all outstanding principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such qualified equity financing at 75% of the issuance price of the securities
in such financing.

66

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
   




 
 
 
(B) Convertible
Note
—
Marvin
Ellin
 

On January 4, 2017, the Company issued a 6% unsecured convertible note payable to Marvin Ellin, the father of Robert Ellin, our Executive Chairman,
President, director and principal stockholder, in the principal amount of $50,000. This note will be due on September 13, 2018. If the Company raises a minimum
of $5,000,000 (excluding the amount converting pursuant to the note) of aggregate gross proceeds from an equity financing in one or more closings prior to the
maturity date, the noteholder will have the right to convert all outstanding note principal and interest into the same equity securities issued in such equity financing
at 75% of the issuance price of the securities issued in such financing. The noteholder shall in its sole discretion have the option to convert all outstanding principal
and interest into the Company’s common  stock  at  a  conversion  price  per  share  based  upon  the  Company’s  current  valuation,  as  determined  by the  Company’s
board of directors, before the maturity date. In addition, the noteholder received 25,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise
price of $0.01 per share.

Employment Arrangements

The relationships  and  related  party  transactions  described  herein  are  in  addition  to  any  employment  and  consulting  arrangements  with  our executive

officers and directors, which are described above under “Executive Compensation — Employment and Consulting Agreements.”

Consulting Arrangement

On January 24, 2017, we issued 350,000 shares of our common stock to Arthur Indursky, Chief Advisor to Mr. Ellin in consideration for Mr. A. Indursky
providing various strategic and other consulting services to us under his consulting agreement. Mr. A. Indursky is the father of Blake Indursky, our Chief Business
Officer and Executive Vice President.

Indemnification Agreements

Our Bylaws provide that none of our officers or directors shall be personally liable for any obligations of our Company or for any duties or obligations
arising  out  of  any  acts  or  conduct  of  said  officer  or  director  performed  for  or  on  behalf  of  our  Company,  including  without  limitation,  acts  of  negligence  or
contributory negligence. In addition, our Bylaws provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless each person and their heirs and administrators who shall serve
at any time hereafter as a director or officer of our Company from and against any and all claims, judgments and liabilities to which such persons shall become
subject  by  reason  of  their  having  heretofore  or  hereafter  been  a  director  or  officer  of  our  Company,  or  by  reason  of  any  action  alleged  to  have  heretofore or
hereafter  taken  or  omitted  to  have  been  taken  by  him  or  her  as  such  director  or  officer,  and  that  we  shall  reimburse  each  such  person  for  all  legal  and  other
expenses reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any such claim, judgment or liability, including our power to defend such persons from all suits or
claims as provided for under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, that no such persons shall be indemnified against, or be
reimbursed for, any expense incurred in connection with any claim or liability arising out of his (or her) own willful misconduct. In addition, in the future, we may
enter  into  indemnification  agreements  with  our  directors  and  officers  and  some  of  our  executives  may  have  certain  indemnification  rights  arising  under  their
employment agreements with us. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as
directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for
breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful,
might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors
and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  Public  Offering,  we  intend  to  adopt  a  written  related-person  transactions  policy  that  shall  sets  forth  our  policies  and
procedures regarding the identification,  review, consideration and oversight of “related-person  transactions.” For purposes of this policy only, a “related-person
transaction” shall be a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related
person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independence of Directors

We are not currently subject to listing requirements of any national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a
majority  of the board of directors  be “independent”  and, as a result,  we are not at this time  required  to have our board of directors  comprised  of a majority  of
“independent directors.” Nevertheless, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Krigsman (our other director other than Mr. Ellin) is independent under the
applicable standards of  the  SEC  and  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  rules.  In  connection  with  the  consummation  of  the  Public  Offering,  we  intend  to  add  additional
independent directors.

Our board of directors  acts as the audit committee  and we currently  have no separate  committees.  Due to the small  size of our board of directors, we
believe that currently it is appropriate and most efficient for our entire board of directors to execute the functions that a separate audit committee, compensation
committee  and  nominating  committee  would  typically  perform.  In  connection  with  the  consummation  of  the  Public  Offering,  our  board  of  directors  plans  to
establish such committees.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Audit Fees

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed by Weinberg & Company, P.A., our independent registered public accounting firm (“Weinberg &

Co.”) for the following services during the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016:

Description of Service
Audit Fees  (1)
Audit-Related Fees (2)
Tax Fees  (3)
All Other Fees (3)
Total Fees

Year Ended March 31,
2016
2017

  $

  $

154,543    $
-     
-     
45,000     
199,543    $

52,734 
- 
- 
- 
52,734 

(1)

Audit  Fees  consist  of  fees  for  audit  of  our  annual  financial  statements  for  the  respective  year,  reviews  of  our  quarterly  financial  statements,  services
provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

(2)

Audit-Related Fees consist of fees for accounting consultations.

(3)

Other fees consist of fees paid on acquisition related audits.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

We do  not  currently  have  a  separate  audit  committee.  Our  board  of  directors  is  responsible  for  the  pre-approval  of  all  audits  and  permitted non-audit
services to be performed for our Company by the independent auditors. The fees paid to the independent auditors that are shown in the chart above for 2017 and
2016 were approved by our board of directors in accordance with the procedures described below.

Our board of directors reviews and approves all audit and non-audit services proposed to be provided, other than de minimis non-audit services which

may instead by preapproved in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

There were no audit or non-audit services provided to us for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 that were not approved by our board of directors.

Our board of directors determined that the services rendered by Weinberg & Co. are compatible with maintaining their independence as our independent auditors.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) List of Documents Filed.

(1)
Financial
Statements
(Included
in
Item
8
of
this
Annual
Report)

Consolidated Financial Statements of Loton, Corp:

● Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

● Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017 and 2016

● Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

● Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

● Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

● Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)
Financial
Statement
Schedules

All schedules have been omitted since they are either not applicable or the information is contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(b) Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number
2.1

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1

4.2

Description

  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017, among Wantickets  RDM, LLC, Danco Enterprises, LLC, Joseph Schnaier, Gamtix, LLC,
LiveXLive Tickets, Inc. and the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on May 11, 2017).

  Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed

with the SEC on June 1, 2010).

  Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  Registrant  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current

Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 2, 2016).

  Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on

June 1, 2010).

  First Amendment to the Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed

with the SEC on April 30, 2014).

  Form of Convertible Loan Note between the Registrant and a lender of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s

Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017(File No. 333-217893).

  Form  of  Common  Stock  Warrant  between  the  Registrant  and  a  warrantholder  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the  Registrant’s

Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017(File No. 333-217893).

10.1†

  Form of Director/Officer Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K,

filed with the SEC on April 30, 2014).

10.2†

  Management  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September  23,  2011, between  the  Registrant  and  Trinad  Management,  LLC  (Incorporated  by reference  to

Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 28, 2011).

69

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
10.3

Description

  Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 19, July 23 and July 28, August 6, August 31, September 21, December 24 and December 31,
2015  between  the  Registrant  and  certain  accredited  investors  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on July 19, 2016).

10.4†

  Consulting  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  1,  2015,  between  LiveXLive,  Corp.  and  Schuyler  Hoversten  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit

10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on July 19, 2016).

10.5†

  The Registrant’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed

with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

10.6†

  Form of Director Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Quarterly

Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

10.7†

  Form of Employee Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Quarterly

Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

10.8

  Settlement Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2016, among Mr. Oliver Bengough, Obar Camden Holdings Limited, Obar Camden Limited,
KoKo (Camden) Limited, Robert S. Ellin and Global Loan Agency Services Limited, as escrow agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26
to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016).

10.9†

  Employment Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2017, between the Registrant and Jerome N. Gold (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 5, 2017).

10.10†

  Employment Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2017, between the Registrant and Douglas Schaer (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 15, 2017).

10.11†

  Notice of Grant and Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2017, between the Registrant and Douglas Schaer (Incorporated by reference

to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 15, 2017).

10.12†

  Employment Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2015, between the Registrant and Blake Indursky (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to

the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on July 19, 2015).

10.13†

  Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017, between the Registrant and Joseph Schnaier (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

10.14†

  Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017, between the Registrant and Richard Blakeley (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

10.15†

  Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017, between the Registrant and Richard Blakeley (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to

the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

10.16

  Bill  of  Sale,  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  5,  2017,  between  LiveXLive  Tickets,  Inc.  and  Wantickets  RDM,  LLC

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

10.17

  Trademark and Domain Name Assignment, dated as of May 5, 2017, between LiveXLive Tickets, Inc. and Wantickets RDM, LLC (Incorporated

by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

10.18

  Letter  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  5,  2017,  among  the  Registrant,  LiveXLive  Tickets,  Inc.  and  Joseph  Schnaier  (Incorporated  by  reference  to

Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

10.19

  Lock-Up and No Shorting Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2017, between the Registrant and Danco Enterprises, LLC (Incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017).

16.1

  Letter from Li and Registrant, PC addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission (incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current

Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2016, Exhibit 16.1).

21.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1**

  List of subsidiaries of the Registrant .
  Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
  Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
  Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002.

32.2**

  Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

101.INS*
101.INS*
101.CAL*
101.DEF*
101.LAB*
101.PRE*

2002.
  XBRL Instance Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to the requirements of Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.

*

**

Filed herewith.

Furnished herewith.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its

behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date:  June 14, 2017

Date:  June 14, 2017

LOTON, CORP

/s/ Robert
S.
Ellin

By:
Name:  Robert S. Ellin
Title: Executive Chairman and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Jerome
N.
Gold

By:
Name: Jerome N. Gold
Title: Chief Financial Officer and

Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the

registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature

/s/ Robert
S.
Ellin
Robert S. Ellin

/s/
Jay
Krigsman
Jay Krigsman

Title

President, Executive Chairman and Director
(Principal
Executive
Officer)

  Director

71

Date

June 14, 2017

June 14, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Loton, Corp, 
a Nevada corporation

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries

LiveXLive, Corp. (formerly FestreamTV, Corp.)

LXL Studios, Inc.

LiveXLive Tickets, Inc.

KOKO (Camden) Holdings (US), Inc.

KOKO (Camden) Limited

Jurisdiction

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Delaware

  United Kingdom

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OR 15d-14(a)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Robert S. Ellin, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Loton, Corp;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant
and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal
quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud,  whether  or not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who have a  significant  role  in  the registrant’s  internal control over
financial reporting.

Date: June 14, 2017

/s/
Robert
S.
Ellin
Robert S. Ellin
Executive Chairman and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OR 15d-14(a)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Jerome N. Gold, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Loton, Corp;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant
and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal
quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud,  whether  or not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who have a  significant  role  in  the registrant’s  internal control over
financial reporting.

Date: June 14 , 2017

/s/
Jerome
N.
Gold
Jerome N. Gold
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Loton, Corp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert S. Ellin, as the Executive Chairman and President of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 32.1

/s/
Robert
S.
Ellin
Robert S. Ellin
Executive Chairman and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

June 14, 2017 

This Certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes
of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Loton, Corp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jerome N. Gold, as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 32.2

/s
/ Jerome N. Gold
Jerome N. Gold
Chief Financial Officer

June 14, 2017

This Certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes
of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.